RELEASE_NOTES revision 110560
1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.100 2002/12/28 19:47:00 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 10 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 11 across various connections. This could cause session 12 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 13 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 14 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 15 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 16 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 17 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 18 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 19 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 20 Erik Parker. 21 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 22 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 23 is used. 24 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 25 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 26 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 27 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 28 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 29 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 30 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 31 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 32 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 33 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 34 of 11 or higher. 35 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 36 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 37 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 38 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 39 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 40 to be run even if Runners=0. 41 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 42 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 43 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 44 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 45 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 46 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 47 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 48 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 49 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 50 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 51 by John Majikes of IBM. 52 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 53 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 54 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 55 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 56 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 57 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 58 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 59 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 60 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 61 noted by Matthias Andree. 62 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 63 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 64 Portability: 65 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 66 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 67 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 68 an argument, hence the builtin version of 69 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 70 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 71 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 72 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 73 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 74 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 75 of the TrustedBSD Project. 76 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 77 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 78 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 79 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 80 Corporation. 81 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 82 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 83 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 84 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 85 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 86 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 87 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 88 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 89 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 90 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 91 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 92 in the file itself. 93 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 94 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 95 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 96 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 97 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 98 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 99 relay. 100 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 101 in access_db. 102 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 103 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 104 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 105 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 106 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 107 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 108 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 109 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 110 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 111 Sun Microsystems. 112 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 113 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 114 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 115 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 116 iDEFENSE, Inc. 117 New Files: 118 devtools/OS/Interix 119 include/sm/bdb.h 120 1218.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 122 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 123 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 124 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 125 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 126 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 127 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 128 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 129 Courtesan Consulting. 130 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 131 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 132 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 133 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 134 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 135 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 136 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 137 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 138 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 139 Earickson of Colby College. 140 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 141 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 142 Courtesan Consulting. 143 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 144 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 145 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 146 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 147 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 148 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 149 execve(). 150 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 151 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 152 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 153 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 154 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 155 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 156 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 157 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 158 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 159 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 160 supposed for addresses on the header content. 161 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 162 Portability: 163 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 164 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 165 fix from Scott Walters. 166 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 167 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 168 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 169 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 170 NETISO support has been dropped. 171 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 172 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 173 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 174 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 175 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 176 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 177 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 178 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 179 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 180 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 181 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 182 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 183 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 184 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 185 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 186 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 187 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 188 University. 189 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 190 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 191 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 192 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 193 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 194 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 195 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 196 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 197 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 198 New Files: 199 contrib/etrn.0 200 2018.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 202 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 203 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 204 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 205 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 206 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 207 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 208 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 209 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 210 with rogue DNS servers. 211 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 212 by Bryan Costales. 213 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 214 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 215 Costales. 216 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 217 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 218 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 219 Polytechnic Institute. 220 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 221 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 222 Portability: 223 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 224 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 225 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 226 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 227 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 228 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 229 8.13 will change the default locking method to 230 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 231 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 232 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 233 related programs to match locking techniques. 234 2358.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 236 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 237 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 238 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 239 section of the top level README for more information. 240 Problem noted by lumpy. 241 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 242 instead of 0644. 243 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 244 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 245 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 246 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 247 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 248 Purdue University. 249 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 250 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 251 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 252 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 253 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 254 of Active State. 255 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 256 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 257 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 258 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 259 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 260 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 261 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 262 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 263 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 264 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 265 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 266 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 267 or the queue. 268 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 269 user who started sendmail. 270 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 271 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 272 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 273 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 274 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 275 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 276 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 277 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 278 Portability: 279 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 280 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 281 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 282 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 283 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 284 Charles University in Prague. 285 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 286 memory. 287 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 288 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 289 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 290 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 291 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 292 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 293 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 294 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 295 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 296 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 297 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 298 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 299 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 300 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 301 noted by Bryan Costales. 302 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 303 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 304 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 305 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 306 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 307 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 308 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 309 match dnsbl change. 310 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 311 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 312 installing the sendmail statistics file. 313 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 314 a user's filter starts other applications. 315 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 316 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 317 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 318 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 319 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 320 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 321 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 322 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 323 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 324 noted by Bryan Costales. 325 New Files: 326 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 327 3288.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 329 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 330 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 331 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 332 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 333 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 334 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 335 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 336 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 337 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 338 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 339 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 340 University. 341 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 342 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 343 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 344 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 345 of INTERMETA. 346 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 347 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 348 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 349 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 350 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 351 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 352 ActiveState. 353 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 354 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 355 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 356 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 357 Northern Illinois University. 358 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 359 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 360 of Dinoex. 361 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 362 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 363 Polytechnic Institute. 364 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 365 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 366 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 367 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 368 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 369 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 370 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 371 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 372 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 373 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 374 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 375 missing arguments. 376 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 377 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 378 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 379 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 380 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 381 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 382 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 383 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 384 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 385 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 386 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 387 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 388 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 389 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 390 of Concordia University. 391 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 392 found by Mario Nigrovic. 393 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 394 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 395 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 396 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 397 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 398 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 399 Elvers. 400 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 401 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 402 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 403 total number of TCP connections. 404 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 405 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 406 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 407 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 408 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 409 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 410 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 411 Texas. 412 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 413 to 451. 414 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 415 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 416 patch by Bryan Costales. 417 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 418 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 419 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 420 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 421 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 422 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 423 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 424 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 425 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 426 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 427 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 428 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 429 command). 430 Portability: 431 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 432 available. 433 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 434 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 435 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 436 Skyrr. 437 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 438 noted by John Beck. 439 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 440 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 441 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 442 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 443 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 444 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 445 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 446 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 447 error. 448 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 449 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 450 Krzysztof Oledzki. 451 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 452 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 453 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 454 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 455 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 456 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 457 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 458 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 459 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 460 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 461 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 462 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 463 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 464 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 465 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 466 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 467 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 468 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 469 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 470 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 471 noted by John Beck. 472 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 473 if queue groups are used. 474 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 475 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 476 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 477 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 478 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 479 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 480 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 481 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 482 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 483 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 484 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 485 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 486 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 487 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 488 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 489 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 490 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 491 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 492 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 493 ldap_memfree(). 494 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 495 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 496 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 497 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 498 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 499 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 500 San Francisco. 501 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 502 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 503 Joe Barbish. 504 New Files: 505 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 506 5078.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 508 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 509 at startup, only log an error message. 510 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 511 following -b) has been specified. 512 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 513 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 514 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 515 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 516 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 517 Regensburg. 518 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 519 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 520 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 521 Institute of Mining and Technology. 522 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 523 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 524 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 525 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 526 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 527 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 528 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 529 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 530 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 531 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 532 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 533 SMTP connections. 534 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 535 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 536 and Technology. 537 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 538 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 539 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 540 Meteorological Institute. 541 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 542 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 543 Online. 544 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 545 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 546 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 547 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 548 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 549 types, respectively. 550 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 551 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 552 of Virginia Tech. 553 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 554 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 555 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 556 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 557 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 558 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 559 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 560 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 561 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 562 of Vienna. 563 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 564 of Sun Microsystems. 565 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 566 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 567 with servers that do not support realms when using 568 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 569 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 570 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 571 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 572 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 573 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 574 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 575 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 576 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 577 instead of forcing localhost. 578 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 579 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 580 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 581 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 582 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 583 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 584 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 585 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 586 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 587 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 588 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 589 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 590 Compaq Computer Corp. 591 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 592 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 593 Tech. 594 Portability: 595 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 596 patch provided by HP. 597 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 598 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 599 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 600 Sachin of Siemens. 601 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 602 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 603 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 604 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 605 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 606 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 607 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 608 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 609 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 610 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 611 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 612 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 613 Hewlett-Packard. 614 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 615 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 616 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 617 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 618 Virginia Tech. 619 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 620 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 621 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 622 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 623 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 624 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 625 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 626 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 627 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 628 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 629 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 630 Florida. 631 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 632 Altin Waldmann. 633 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 634 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 635 Hewlett-Packard. 636 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 637 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 638 of MSFU. 639 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 640 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 641 Institute. 642 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 643 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 644 to free memory twice. 645 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 646 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 647 of Sun Microsystems. 648 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 649 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 650 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 651 University of Athens. 652 New Files: 653 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 654 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 655 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 656 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 657 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 658 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 659 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 660 libsm/mpeix.c 661 6628.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 663 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 664 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 665 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 666 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 667 found by Michal Zalewski. 668 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 669 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 670 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 671 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 672 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 673 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 674 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 675 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 676 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 677 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 678 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 679 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 680 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 681 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 682 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 683 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 684 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 685 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 686 canonical name for a host. 687 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 688 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 689 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 690 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 691 Portability: 692 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 693 `uname` does not given complete information. 694 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 695 Aircraft Company. 696 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 697 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 698 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 699 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 700 Courtesan Consulting. 701 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 702 problems with potential misconfigurations. 703 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 704 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 705 Technology Organisation of Australia. 706 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 707 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 708 then use it. 709 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 710 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 711 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 712 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 713 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 714 and vacation. 715 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 716 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 717 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 718 New Files: 719 test/Build 720 test/Makefile 721 test/Makefile.m4 722 test/README 723 test/t_dropgid.c 724 test/t_setgid.c 725 Deleted Files: 726 include/sm/stdio.h 727 include/sm/sysstat.h 728 7298.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 730 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 731 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 732 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 733 default). The installation process tries to install 734 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 735 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 736 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 737 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 738 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 739 flags: 740 GroupWritableForwardFile 741 WorldWritableForwardFile 742 GroupWritableIncludeFile 743 WorldWritableIncludeFile 744 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 745 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 746 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 747 (IdS). 748 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 749 point where the variable could become overused for more than 750 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 751 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 752 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 753 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 754 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 755 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 756 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 757 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 758 see sendmail/SECURITY. 759 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 760 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 761 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 762 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 763 sendmail/SECURITY. 764 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 765 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 766 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 767 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 768 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 769 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 770 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 771 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 772 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 773 command has been removed. 774 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 775 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 776 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 777 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 778 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 779 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 780 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 781 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 782 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 783 supported. 784 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 785 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 786 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 787 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 788 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 789 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 790 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 791 creation rather than just before delivery. 792 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 793 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 794 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 795 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 796 preference matches (coattail). 797 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 798 try other MX hosts if available. 799 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 800 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 801 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 802 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 803 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 804 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 805 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 806 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 807 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 808 removed in future versions. 809 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 810 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 811 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 812 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 813 doc/op/op.me for details. 814 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 815 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 816 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 817 of the presented certificate, respectively. 818 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 819 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 820 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 821 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 822 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 823 enough on a per recipient basis. 824 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 825 for STARTTLS. 826 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 827 value "NOT". 828 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 829 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 830 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 831 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 832 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 833 really required. This change results in a noticable 834 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 835 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 836 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 837 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 838 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 839 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 840 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 841 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 842 command line, then the value also limits the number of 843 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 844 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 845 by a queue run. 846 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 847 system each queue directory resides in. 848 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 849 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 850 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 851 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 852 collected together) to process the same work list at the 853 same time. 854 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 855 active queue runner processes. 856 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 857 runners per queue group. 858 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 859 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 860 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 861 of the queue that match during processing. 862 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 863 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 864 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 865 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 866 persistent queue runner. 867 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 868 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 869 sendmail -q15m). 870 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 871 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 872 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 873 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 874 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 875 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 876 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 877 of the qf file (older entries first). 878 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 879 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 880 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 881 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 882 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 883 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 884 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 885 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 886 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 887 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 888 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 889 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 890 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 891 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 892 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 893 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 894 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 895 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 896 details. 897 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 898 the number of entries in the queue(s). 899 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 900 and the usual documentation for details. 901 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 902 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 903 announced in 8.10. 904 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 905 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 906 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 907 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 908 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 909 -r (number of retries). 910 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 911 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 912 and value separated by the given separator. 913 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 914 to map class arith. 915 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 916 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 917 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 918 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 919 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 920 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 921 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 922 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 923 filenames with spaces). 924 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 925 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 926 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 927 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 928 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 929 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 930 to the loopback net. 931 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 932 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 933 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 934 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 935 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 936 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 937 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 938 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 939 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 940 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 941 Development Group. 942 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 943 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 944 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 945 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 946 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 947 load average is exceeded. 948 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 949 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 950 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 951 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 952 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 953 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 954 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 955 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 956 instead. 957 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 958 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 959 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 960 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 961 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 962 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 963 for direct (command line) submissions. 964 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 965 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 966 Hagino of the KAME Project. 967 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 968 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 969 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 970 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 971 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 972 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 973 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 974 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 975 before logging. 976 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 977 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 978 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 979 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 980 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 981 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 982 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 983 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 984 of the Universitat Regensburg. 985 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 986 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 987 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 988 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 989 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 990 See libsm/index.html for details. 991 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 992 care of by fork() and exit(). 993 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 994 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 995 new and old (from new libsm). 996 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 997 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 998 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 999 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1000 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1001 synchronizations calls. 1002 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1003 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1004 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1005 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1006 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1007 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1008 for details. 1009 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1010 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1011 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1012 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1013 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1014 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1015 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1016 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1017 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1018 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1019 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1020 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1021 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1022 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1023 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1024 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1025 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1026 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1027 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1028 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1029 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1030 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1031 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1032 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1033 Urbana-Champaign. 1034 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1035 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1036 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1037 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1038 connections. 1039 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1040 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1041 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1042 cf/README. 1043 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1044 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1045 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1046 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1047 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1048 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1049 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1050 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1051 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1052 example). 1053 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1054 the default schema used in the above two items. 1055 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1056 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1057 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1058 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1059 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1060 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1061 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1062 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1063 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1064 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1065 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1066 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1067 HELO/EHLO commands. 1068 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1069 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1070 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1071 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1072 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1073 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1074 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1075 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 1076 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 1077 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 1078 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 1079 (verbose) command line option. 1080 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 1081 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 1082 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 1083 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1084 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 1085 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 1086 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1087 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 1088 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 1089 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 1090 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 1091 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 1092 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 1093 British Columbia. 1094 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 1095 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 1096 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 1097 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 1098 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 1099 if required. 1100 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 1101 class instead. 1102 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 1103 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 1104 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 1105 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 1106 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 1107 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 1108 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 1109 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 1110 Nelson of IBM. 1111 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1112 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1113 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1114 their defaults are: 1115 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1116 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1117 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1118 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1119 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1120 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1121 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1122 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 1123 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 1124 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 1125 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1126 Meteorological Institute. 1127 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 1128 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 1129 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 1130 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 1131 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 1132 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1133 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 1134 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 1135 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 1136 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 1137 See sendmail/README for further information. 1138 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 1139 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 1140 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1141 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 1142 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1143 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1144 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 1145 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 1146 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 1147 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 1148 flora.ca. 1149 Portability: 1150 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 1151 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 1152 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1153 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 1154 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 1155 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 1156 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 1157 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 1158 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1159 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 1160 Solaris 8 and later. 1161 Add support for OpenUNIX. 1162 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 1163 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 1164 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 1165 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 1166 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 1167 temporary lookup failures. 1168 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 1169 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 1170 or IP nets. 1171 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 1172 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 1173 to get through. 1174 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 1175 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 1176 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 1177 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 1178 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 1179 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 1180 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 1181 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 1182 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 1183 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 1184 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 1185 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1186 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 1187 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 1188 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 1189 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 1190 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 1191 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 1192 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 1193 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 1194 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 1195 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 1196 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 1197 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 1198 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1199 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 1200 cf/README for details. 1201 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 1202 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 1203 University of Maryland. 1204 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 1205 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 1206 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 1207 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 1208 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 1209 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 1210 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 1211 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 1212 Solving. 1213 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 1214 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 1215 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 1216 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 1217 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 1218 immediately. 1219 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 1220 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 1221 See cf/README for details. 1222 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 1223 temporary lookup failures. 1224 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 1225 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1226 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1227 memory use. 1228 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1229 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1230 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1231 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 1232 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 1233 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 1234 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1235 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 1236 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1237 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 1238 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 1239 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 1240 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 1241 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 1242 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 1243 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 1244 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 1245 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 1246 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 1247 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 1248 additional details. 1249 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1250 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 1251 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 1252 information. 1253 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 1254 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 1255 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 1256 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 1257 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 1258 recipients as user unknown. 1259 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 1260 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 1261 section of cf/README for more information. 1262 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 1263 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 1264 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 1265 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 1266 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1267 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1268 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 1269 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 1270 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 1271 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 1272 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 1273 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 1274 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 1275 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 1276 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 1277 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 1278 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 1279 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 1280 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 1281 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 1282 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 1283 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 1284 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 1285 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 1286 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 1287 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 1288 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 1289 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 1290 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 1291 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 1292 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 1293 doc/op/op.me for details. 1294 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 1295 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 1296 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1297 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 1298 dequote map. 1299 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 1300 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 1301 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 1302 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 1303 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 1304 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 1305 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 1306 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 1307 This affects the access database as well as the 1308 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 1309 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 1310 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 1311 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 1312 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 1313 Mississippi State University. 1314 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 1315 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 1316 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 1317 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 1318 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1319 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 1320 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 1321 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 1322 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 1323 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 1324 systems which don't include cat directories. 1325 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 1326 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1327 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 1328 mailbox database type. 1329 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 1330 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 1331 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 1332 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 1333 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 1334 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 1335 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 1336 instead of white space. 1337 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1338 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1339 Meteorological Institute. 1340 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 1341 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 1342 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1343 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 1344 instead of syslog. 1345 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 1346 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 1347 to specify the database and message file since there is no 1348 home directory for the default settings for these options. 1349 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1350 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 1351 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 1352 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 1353 New Directories: 1354 libmilter/docs 1355 New Files: 1356 cf/cf/README 1357 cf/cf/submit.cf 1358 cf/cf/submit.mc 1359 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 1360 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 1361 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 1362 cf/feature/msp.m4 1363 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 1364 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 1365 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 1366 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 1367 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 1368 cf/sendmail.schema 1369 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 1370 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 1371 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 1372 editmap/* 1373 include/sm/* 1374 libsm/* 1375 libsmutil/cf.c 1376 libsmutil/err.c 1377 sendmail/SECURITY 1378 sendmail/TUNING 1379 sendmail/bf.c 1380 sendmail/bf.h 1381 sendmail/sasl.c 1382 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 1383 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 1384 sendmail/tls.c 1385 Deleted Files: 1386 cf/feature/rbl.m4 1387 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 1388 devtools/OS/AIX.2 1389 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1390 include/sendmail/errstring.h 1391 include/sendmail/useful.h 1392 libsmutil/errstring.c 1393 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1394 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1395 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1396 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1397 sendmail/clock.c 1398 Renamed Files: 1399 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 1400 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 1401 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 1402 14038.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 1404 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 1405 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 1406 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 1407 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 1408 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 1409 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 1410 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 1411 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 1412 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 1413 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 1414 Werner Wiethege. 1415 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 1416 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 1417 14188.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 1419 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 1420 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 1421 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 1422 of SE Netway Communications. 1423 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 1424 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1425 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 1426 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 1427 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 1428 Bosserman of EarthLink. 1429 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 1430 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 1431 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 1432 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 1433 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 1434 University College. 1435 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 1436 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 1437 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 1438 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 1439 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 1440 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 1441 University at Albany. 1442 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 1443 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1444 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 1445 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 1446 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 1447 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 1448 Portability: 1449 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 1450 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1451 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 1452 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1453 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 1454 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 1455 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 1456 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 1457 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 1458 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 1459 14608.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 1461 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 1462 corruption and other potential race conditions. 1463 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 1464 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 1465 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 1466 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 1467 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 1468 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 1469 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 1470 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 1471 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 1472 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 1473 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 1474 from Kenji Miyake. 1475 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 1476 QueueDirectory wildcards. 1477 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 1478 the same map again while exiting. 1479 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 1480 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 1481 of Tuebingen. 1482 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 1483 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 1484 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 1485 Oklahoma State University. 1486 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 1487 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 1488 InTouch Systems, Inc. 1489 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 1490 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 1491 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 1492 Morgan Stanley. 1493 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 1494 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 1495 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1496 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 1497 from Werner Wiethege. 1498 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 1499 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 1500 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 1501 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 1502 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1503 Internet Services. 1504 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 1505 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1506 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 1507 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1508 Portability: 1509 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 1510 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 1511 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 1512 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 1513 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 1514 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1515 Meteorological Institute. 1516 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 1517 since it generates random process ids. 1518 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 1519 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 1520 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1521 New Files: 1522 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 1523 15248.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 1525 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 1526 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 1527 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1528 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1529 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 1530 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 1531 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 1532 communications consulting gmbh. 1533 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1534 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1535 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 1536 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 1537 connection came in from the command line. 1538 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 1539 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 1540 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1541 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 1542 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 1543 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 1544 when they were committed. 1545 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 1546 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 1547 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 1548 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 1549 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 1550 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 1551 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 1552 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1553 University. 1554 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 1555 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 1556 accept() completes. 1557 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 1558 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 1559 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 1560 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 1561 Wellcome. 1562 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 1563 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 1564 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1565 University. 1566 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 1567 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 1568 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 1569 University of New Brunswick. 1570 Portability: 1571 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 1572 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 1573 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 1574 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1575 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1576 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 1577 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 1578 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1579 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 1580 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 1581 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 1582 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 1583 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 1584 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 1585 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1586 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 1587 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 1588 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 1589 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1590 Institute. 1591 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 1592 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 1593 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1594 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 1595 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 1596 Renamed Files: 1597 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 1598 15998.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 1600 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 1601 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 1602 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 1603 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1604 Schools" project (IdS). 1605 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 1606 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 1607 be enabled by compiling with: 1608 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 1609 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 1610 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1611 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 1612 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 1613 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 1614 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 1615 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 1616 Colby College. 1617 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 1618 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 1619 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 1620 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 1621 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 1622 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 1623 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 1624 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 1625 NxNetworks, Inc. 1626 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 1627 client name. 1628 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 1629 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 1630 the Universitat Regensburg. 1631 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 1632 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 1633 University of Arizona. 1634 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 1635 of Collective Technologies. 1636 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 1637 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 1638 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 1639 Engineering. 1640 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 1641 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1642 Meteorological Institute. 1643 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1644 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1645 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1646 Meteorological Institute. 1647 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 1648 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 1649 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 1650 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1651 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 1652 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 1653 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 1654 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 1655 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 1656 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1657 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 1658 overall connections, not the number of connections per 1659 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 1660 counting. 1661 Portability: 1662 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 1663 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 1664 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 1665 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 1666 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 1667 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 1668 Rosenman. 1669 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1670 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1671 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 1672 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 1673 of Pacific Access. 1674 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 1675 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1676 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 1677 Microsystems. 1678 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 1679 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 1680 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1681 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 1682 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 1683 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 1684 implicitly assume canonical host names. 1685 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 1686 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1687 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 1688 Virginia Tech. 1689 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 1690 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 1691 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1692 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 1693 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 1694 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 1695 gmbh. 1696 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 1697 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1698 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 1699 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 1700 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 1701 of Kyoto University. 1702 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 1703 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 1704 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 1705 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 1706 version. 1707 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 1708 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1709 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1710 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 1711 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 1712 or *-owner. 1713 New Files: 1714 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 1715 contrib/buildvirtuser 1716 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 1717 17188.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 1719 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 1720 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1721 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 1722 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 1723 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 1724 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 1725 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1726 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 1727 wildcards. 1728 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 1729 process may close the connection before the child process 1730 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 1731 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 1732 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1733 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 1734 read the LDAP secret from a file. 1735 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 1736 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 1737 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 1738 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1739 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 1740 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 1741 of EarthLink. 1742 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 1743 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 1744 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 1745 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1746 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 1747 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1748 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 1749 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 1750 Fournier of Acadia University. 1751 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 1752 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 1753 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 1754 one of the others may be able to take over. 1755 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 1756 previous load average query result. 1757 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 1758 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 1759 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 1760 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1761 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 1762 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 1763 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 1764 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 1765 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1766 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 1767 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 1768 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 1769 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 1770 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 1771 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 1772 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 1773 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 1774 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 1775 University of British Columbia. 1776 Portability: 1777 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 1778 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 1779 override the setting. Suggested by 1780 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 1781 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 1782 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 1783 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 1784 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 1785 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1786 College. 1787 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 1788 Tom Moore of NCR. 1789 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 1790 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 1791 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 1792 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 1793 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1794 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 1795 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 1796 Consulting. 1797 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 1798 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 1799 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 1800 errors in the MAIL address. 1801 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 1802 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 1803 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 1804 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1805 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 1806 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 1807 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 1808 Ericsson. 1809 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 1810 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 1811 mailer as described in cf/README. 1812 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 1813 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 1814 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 1815 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 1816 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 1817 sendmail. 1818 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1819 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1820 Meteorological Institute. 1821 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 1822 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 1823 dot as the only character on the line. 1824 New Files: 1825 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 1826 18278.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 1828 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 1829 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 1830 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 1831 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 1832 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 1833 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 1834 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1835 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 1836 it populates. It is possible that some broken 1837 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 1838 Systems in this category should compile with 1839 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 1840 system and report broken implementations to 1841 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 1842 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 1843 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 1844 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 1845 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 1846 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 1847 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 1848 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 1849 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1850 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 1851 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 1852 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 1853 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1854 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 1855 random data. 1856 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 1857 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 1858 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 1859 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 1860 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 1861 Martin of CMU. 1862 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 1863 strength factor. 1864 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 1865 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 1866 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 1867 of CMU. 1868 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 1869 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 1870 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 1871 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 1872 documented, unless a family is specified in a 1873 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 1874 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 1875 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 1876 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 1877 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 1878 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1879 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 1880 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 1881 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 1882 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 1883 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 1884 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1885 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 1886 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 1887 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 1888 of Sun Microsystems. 1889 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 1890 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 1891 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 1892 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 1893 the incoming information in the queue file for later 1894 delivery attempts. 1895 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 1896 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 1897 smoe.org. 1898 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 1899 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 1900 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1901 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 1902 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 1903 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 1904 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 1905 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 1906 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1907 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 1908 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 1909 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1910 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 1911 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 1912 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 1913 of Northern Illinois University. 1914 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 1915 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1916 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 1917 to kilobyte units. 1918 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 1919 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 1920 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 1921 Polytechnic. 1922 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 1923 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 1924 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 1925 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1926 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 1927 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 1928 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1929 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 1930 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1931 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 1932 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 1933 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 1934 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 1935 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 1936 G. Thomas Consulting. 1937 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 1938 port number (113). 1939 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 1940 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1941 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 1942 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 1943 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1944 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 1945 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 1946 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 1947 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1948 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 1949 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 1950 University of Mainz. 1951 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 1952 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 1953 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 1954 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1955 Portability: 1956 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 1957 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 1958 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 1959 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 1960 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 1961 work properly causing problems if the accept() 1962 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 1963 from Tom Moore of NCR. 1964 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 1965 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 1966 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 1967 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 1968 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 1969 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 1970 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 1971 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 1972 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1973 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1974 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 1975 confCACERT CACERTFile 1976 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 1977 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 1978 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 1979 confRAND_FILE RandFile 1980 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 1981 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 1982 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 1983 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 1984 cf/README for more information. 1985 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 1986 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 1987 called due to a STARTTLS command. 1988 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 1989 instead of temporary. 1990 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 1991 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 1992 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 1993 Consulting. 1994 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 1995 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 1996 RootsWeb.com. 1997 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 1998 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 1999 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2000 University of Maryland. 2001 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2002 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2003 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2004 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2005 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2006 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2007 of the University of Alberta. 2008 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2009 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2010 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2011 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2012 of X.509 certificates. 2013 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2014 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 2015 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 2016 Universitat Regensburg. 2017 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 2018 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2019 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 2020 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2021 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 2022 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2023 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 2024 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 2025 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2026 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 2027 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 2028 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 2029 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 2030 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 2031 University. 2032 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 2033 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 2034 links. 2035 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 2036 reported. 2037 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 2038 Denman Tire Corporation. 2039 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 2040 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 2041 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 2042 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 2043 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 2044 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 2045 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 2046 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 2047 have a From line. 2048 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 2049 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 2050 Added Files: 2051 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 2052 contrib/cidrexpand 2053 contrib/link_hash.sh 2054 contrib/movemail.conf 2055 contrib/movemail.pl 2056 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 2057 test/t_snprintf.c 2058 20598.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 2060 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 2061 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 2062 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 2063 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 2064 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 2065 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 2066 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 2067 Added Files: 2068 test/t_setuid.c 2069 20708.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 2071 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 2072 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 2073 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 2074 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 2075 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 2076 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 2077 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 2078 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 2079 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 2080 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 2081 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 2082 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2083 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 2084 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 2085 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2086 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 2087 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 2088 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 2089 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 2090 or higher. 2091 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 2092 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 2093 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 2094 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 2095 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2096 Polytechnic Institute. 2097 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 2098 discards the message. 2099 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 2100 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 2101 attempted to the alias. 2102 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 2103 flag options. 2104 Portability: 2105 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 2106 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 2107 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 2108 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 2109 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2110 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 2111 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 2112 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 2113 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 2114 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 2115 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 2116 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 2117 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 2118 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 2119 Services, LLC. 2120 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 2121 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 2122 Courtesan Consulting. 2123 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 2124 Siemens Business Services. 2125 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 2126 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 2127 of WSRCC. 2128 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 2129 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 2130 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 2131 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 2132 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 2133 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 2134 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 2135 of NEC. 2136 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 2137 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2138 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 2139 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 2140 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 2141 Virginia Tech. 2142 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 2143 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 2144 University. 2145 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 2146 for other internal projects but included in the open source 2147 release. 2148 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 2149 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 2150 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 2151 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 2152 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 2153 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 2154 Sendmail. 2155 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 2156 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 2157 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2158 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 2159 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 2160 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 2161 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 2162 Northern Illinois University. 2163 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 2164 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 2165 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 2166 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2167 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 2168 Polytechnique de Montreal. 2169 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 2170 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 2171 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 2172 Added Files: 2173 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 2174 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 2175 Deleted Files: 2176 contrib/converting.sun.configs 2177 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 2178 doc/intro 2179 doc/usenix 2180 doc/changes 2181 21828.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 2183 ************************************************************* 2184 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 2185 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 2186 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 2187 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 2188 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 2189 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 2190 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 2191 * coach, and a friend. * 2192 * * 2193 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 2194 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 2195 * Julie, we miss you! * 2196 ************************************************************* 2197 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 2198 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 2199 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 2200 symbolic link target. 2201 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 2202 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 2203 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2204 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 2205 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 2206 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 2207 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 2208 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2209 version of sendmail. 2210 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 2211 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 2212 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2213 (IdS). 2214 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 2215 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 2216 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 2217 for easier code sharing among the programs. 2218 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 2219 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 2220 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 2221 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 2222 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 2223 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 2224 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 2225 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 2226 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 2227 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2228 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2229 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 2230 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2231 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2232 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 2233 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2234 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 2235 now listen on several different ports. Use: 2236 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 2237 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 2238 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 2239 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 2240 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 2241 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 2242 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 2243 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 2244 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 2245 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 2246 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 2247 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 2248 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 2249 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 2250 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2251 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 2252 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 2253 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 2254 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 2255 accordingly. 2256 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 2257 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 2258 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 2259 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 2260 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 2261 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 2262 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 2263 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 2264 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 2265 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 2266 InCert Software. 2267 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 2268 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 2269 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 2270 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 2271 a control socket request. 2272 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 2273 settings: 2274 Timeout.resolver.retrans 2275 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2276 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2277 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 2278 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2279 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2280 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2281 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2282 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2283 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 2284 delivery attempt. 2285 Timeout.resolver.retry 2286 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2287 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2288 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 2289 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2290 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2291 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2292 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2293 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2294 query for all resolver lookups except the first 2295 delivery attempt. 2296 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2297 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 2298 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 2299 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 2300 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 2301 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 2302 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 2303 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 2304 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 2305 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 2306 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2307 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 2308 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 2309 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 2310 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 2311 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 2312 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 2313 Telecommunications Ltd. 2314 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 2315 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 2316 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 2317 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 2318 Inc. 2319 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 2320 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 2321 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2322 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 2323 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2324 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 2325 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 2326 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2327 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 2328 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 2329 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 2330 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 2331 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 2332 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 2333 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 2334 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 2335 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2336 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 2337 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 2338 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 2339 Ltd. 2340 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 2341 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 2342 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 2343 example mailer might be: 2344 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 2345 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 2346 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 2347 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2348 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 2349 instead. 2350 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 2351 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 2352 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 2353 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 2354 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 2355 flags. 2356 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 2357 body of the original message on delivery status 2358 notifications. 2359 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 2360 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2361 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 2362 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 2363 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2364 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 2365 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 2366 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2367 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 2368 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 2369 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 2370 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 2371 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 2372 Conwell of Boston University. 2373 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 2374 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2375 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 2376 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 2377 @Home Network. 2378 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 2379 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 2380 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 2381 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 2382 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 2383 similar to check_rcpt etc. 2384 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 2385 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 2386 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 2387 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 2388 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2389 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 2390 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 2391 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2392 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 2393 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 2394 Mathias Herberts. 2395 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 2396 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 2397 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 2398 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 2399 in check_compat). 2400 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 2401 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 2402 option. 2403 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 2404 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 2405 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2406 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 2407 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 2408 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 2409 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 2410 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2411 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 2412 is set. 2413 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 2414 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 2415 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 2416 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 2417 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 2418 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 2419 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 2420 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 2421 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 2422 a denial-of-service attack. 2423 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 2424 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 2425 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 2426 overflow attacks. 2427 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 2428 alias recursion. 2429 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 2430 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 2431 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 2432 directly before the newline. 2433 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 2434 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 2435 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 2436 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 2437 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 2438 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 2439 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 2440 could not be opened. 2441 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 2442 value of this option is macro expanded. 2443 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 2444 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 2445 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 2446 (along with the already existing macros): 2447 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 2448 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 2449 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 2450 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 2451 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 2452 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 2453 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 2454 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 2455 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 2456 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 2457 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 2458 loopback net. 2459 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 2460 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 2461 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 2462 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 2463 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 2464 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 2465 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2466 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 2467 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 2468 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 2469 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 2470 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2471 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 2472 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 2473 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 2474 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 2475 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 2476 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2477 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 2478 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 2479 Ericsson. 2480 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2481 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 2482 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 2483 of Ericsson. 2484 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 2485 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 2486 of Renaissance Internet Services. 2487 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 2488 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 2489 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 2490 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 2491 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 2492 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 2493 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2494 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 2495 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 2496 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 2497 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 2498 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 2499 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 2500 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2501 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 2502 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 2503 equate name. 2504 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 2505 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 2506 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 2507 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 2508 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 2509 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 2510 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 2511 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 2512 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 2513 David Cooley of Colby College. 2514 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 2515 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 2516 already decided the message will be passed to another host 2517 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 2518 Buckeridge Young Limited. 2519 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 2520 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 2521 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 2522 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 2523 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 2524 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 2525 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 2526 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 2527 of Stanford University. 2528 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 2529 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 2530 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 2531 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 2532 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 2533 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 2534 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 2535 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2536 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 2537 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 2538 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 2539 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 2540 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2541 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 2542 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 2543 attributes found in the match will be returned. 2544 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 2545 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 2546 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 2547 comma separated key and value strings. 2548 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 2549 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 2550 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 2551 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 2552 a single connection to that host. 2553 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 2554 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 2555 LDAP lookups. 2556 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 2557 resources. 2558 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 2559 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 2560 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 2561 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 2562 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 2563 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 2564 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 2565 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 2566 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 2567 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 2568 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 2569 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 2570 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 2571 with the name "*". 2572 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 2573 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 2574 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 2575 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 2576 matches to return. 2577 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 2578 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 2579 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 2580 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 2581 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 2582 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 2583 are defined. 2584 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 2585 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 2586 Tech. 2587 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 2588 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 2589 important if you have large classes. 2590 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 2591 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 2592 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2593 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 2594 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 2595 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 2596 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 2597 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 2598 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 2599 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 2600 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 2601 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 2602 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 2603 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 2604 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 2605 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 2606 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 2607 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 2608 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 2609 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 2610 determined). For single processor machines, this change 2611 has no effect. 2612 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 2613 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2614 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 2615 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2616 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 2617 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 2618 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 2619 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 2620 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 2621 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 2622 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 2623 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 2624 connection-based denial of service attacks. 2625 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 2626 10 or higher. 2627 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 2628 information (from= syslog line). 2629 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 2630 equate (dsn=). 2631 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 2632 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 2633 information is available at 2634 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 2635 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2636 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 2637 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2638 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2639 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 2640 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2641 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 2642 the program as the default user and the default group, not 2643 the forward file user. This change also assures the 2644 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 2645 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 2646 Popovici of DNT Romania. 2647 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 2648 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 2649 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 2650 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 2651 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 2652 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 2653 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 2654 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 2655 helpful to know the sender of the message. 2656 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 2657 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2658 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 2659 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 2660 multiple files. 2661 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 2662 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 2663 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 2664 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 2665 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 2666 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 2667 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 2668 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 2669 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 2670 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 2671 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 2672 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 2673 length before the attempt. 2674 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 2675 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 2676 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 2677 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 2678 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 2679 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 2680 host status files, not all files. 2681 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 2682 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 2683 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 2684 Wonderworks Inc. 2685 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 2686 macro map class. This can be used to store information 2687 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 2688 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 2689 of Hannover. 2690 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 2691 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 2692 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 2693 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 2694 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 2695 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 2696 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 2697 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 2698 flag: 2699 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 2700 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 2701 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 2702 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 2703 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 2704 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 2705 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 2706 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 2707 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 2708 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 2709 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 2710 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 2711 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 2712 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2713 version. 2714 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 2715 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 2716 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 2717 if referencing a named ruleset. 2718 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 2719 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 2720 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 2721 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 2722 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 2723 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 2724 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 2725 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 2726 the University of Maryland. 2727 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 2728 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 2729 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 2730 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 2731 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 2732 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 2733 COMMANDS). 2734 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 2735 but for outgoing connections. 2736 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 2737 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 2738 a require authentication 2739 b bind to interface through which mail has 2740 been received 2741 c perform hostname canonification 2742 f require fully qualified hostname 2743 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 2744 command 2745 C don't perform hostname canonification 2746 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 2747 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 2748 h use name of interface for HELO command 2749 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 2750 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 2751 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 2752 Institutes of Health. 2753 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 2754 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2755 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 2756 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 2757 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2758 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 2759 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 2760 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 2761 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 2762 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 2763 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 2764 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 2765 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2766 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 2767 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 2768 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 2769 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 2770 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 2771 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 2772 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 2773 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 2774 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 2775 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 2776 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 2777 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2778 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 2779 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 2780 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 2781 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 2782 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 2783 timeout. 2784 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 2785 interface address structure when loading the system network 2786 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 2787 Nanoteq. 2788 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 2789 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 2790 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 2791 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 2792 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 2793 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 2794 on load average. 2795 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2796 Northern Illinois University. 2797 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 2798 envelope splitting has occurred. 2799 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 2800 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 2801 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 2802 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 2803 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 2804 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2805 Institute. 2806 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 2807 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 2808 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 2809 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 2810 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 2811 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 2812 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2813 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 2814 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2815 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 2816 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2817 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 2818 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 2819 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 2820 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2821 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 2822 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 2823 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 2824 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2825 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 2826 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 2827 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 2828 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2829 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 2830 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 2831 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2832 University. 2833 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 2834 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 2835 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 2836 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 2837 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 2838 ruleset lines as well. 2839 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 2840 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 2841 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 2842 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2843 Institute. 2844 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 2845 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 2846 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2847 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 2848 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 2849 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 2850 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 2851 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 2852 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 2853 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 2854 of Ericsson. 2855 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 2856 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 2857 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 2858 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2859 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 2860 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 2861 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 2862 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 2863 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 2864 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 2865 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 2866 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 2867 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 2868 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 2869 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 2870 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2871 University. 2872 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 2873 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 2874 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 2875 'sendmail -bs'. 2876 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 2877 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 2878 them in the .cf file. 2879 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 2880 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 2881 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 2882 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 2883 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 2884 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 2885 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 2886 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 2887 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2888 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 2889 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 2890 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 2891 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 2892 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2893 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 2894 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2895 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 2896 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 2897 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 2898 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 2899 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 2900 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 2901 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 2902 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 2903 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 2904 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 2905 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2906 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 2907 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 2908 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 2909 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2910 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 2911 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 2912 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 2913 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 2914 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 2915 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2916 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 2917 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 2918 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 2919 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 2920 don't fail on ANY queries. 2921 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 2922 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 2923 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2924 Northern Illinois University. 2925 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 2926 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 2927 State University. 2928 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 2929 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2930 Northern Illinois University. 2931 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 2932 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 2933 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 2934 Portability: 2935 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 2936 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 2937 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 2938 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 2939 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2940 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 2941 This allows network interface probing to work 2942 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 2943 University of Iowa. 2944 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 2945 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 2946 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 2947 name. 2948 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 2949 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 2950 Virginia Tech. 2951 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 2952 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 2953 Amsterdam. 2954 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 2955 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 2956 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 2957 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 2958 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 2959 in building the operating system. Users can 2960 override the defaults by setting confCC and 2961 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 2962 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 2963 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 2964 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 2965 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 2966 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 2967 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2968 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 2969 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2970 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 2971 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 2972 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 2973 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2974 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 2975 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 2976 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 2977 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 2978 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 2979 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 2980 use that value in conf.h. 2981 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 2982 BITart Consulting. 2983 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 2984 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 2985 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 2986 Computer, Inc. 2987 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 2988 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 2989 of E I A. 2990 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 2991 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 2992 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 2993 fchown(2). 2994 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 2995 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 2996 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 2997 srandomdev(3). 2998 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 2999 setlogin(2). 3000 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3001 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3002 Siemens Business Services. 3003 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3004 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3005 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3006 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3007 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3008 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3009 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3010 Aerospace. 3011 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3012 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3013 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3014 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3015 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 3016 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 3017 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 3018 University. 3019 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 3020 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 3021 Technology Information Network. 3022 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 3023 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 3024 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3025 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 3026 and OpenBSD. 3027 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 3028 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 3029 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 3030 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3031 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 3032 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 3033 details. 3034 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 3035 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 3036 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 3037 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 3038 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3039 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 3040 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 3041 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 3042 Courtesan Consulting. 3043 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 3044 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 3045 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 3046 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 3047 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 3048 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 3049 multiple times. 3050 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 3051 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 3052 with From:). 3053 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 3054 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 3055 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 3056 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 3057 new functionality. 3058 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3059 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 3060 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 3061 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 3062 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 3063 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 3064 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 3065 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 3066 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 3067 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 3068 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 3069 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 3070 confPID_FILE PidFile 3071 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 3072 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 3073 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 3074 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 3075 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3076 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3077 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 3078 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3079 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3080 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 3081 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 3082 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 3083 which takes the options as argument and can be used 3084 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 3085 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 3086 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 3087 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 3088 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 3089 to "IPC $h". 3090 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 3091 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 3092 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 3093 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 3094 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 3095 value should be changed with care. 3096 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 3097 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 3098 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 3099 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 3100 complain. 3101 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 3102 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 3103 of Q7 Enterprises. 3104 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 3105 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 3106 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 3107 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 3108 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 3109 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 3110 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 3111 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 3112 of Northern Illinois University. 3113 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 3114 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 3115 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 3116 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 3117 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 3118 in it. 3119 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 3120 in class 'P' ($=P). 3121 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 3122 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 3123 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 3124 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 3125 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 3126 is added. 3127 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 3128 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 3129 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 3130 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 3131 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 3132 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 3133 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 3134 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 3135 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 3136 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 3137 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 3138 Hubert of University of Washington. 3139 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 3140 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 3141 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 3142 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 3143 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 3144 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 3145 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 3146 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 3147 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 3148 Services. 3149 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 3150 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3151 Aerospace. 3152 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 3153 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 3154 University and Brian Candler. 3155 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 3156 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3157 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 3158 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3159 Institute. 3160 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 3161 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 3162 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 3163 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 3164 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 3165 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 3166 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 3167 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 3168 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 3169 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3170 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 3171 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 3172 Willamette Industries, Inc. 3173 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 3174 converted to <user@d> 3175 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 3176 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 3177 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 3178 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 3179 performed. 3180 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 3181 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 3182 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3183 Institute. 3184 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 3185 be accessed by their numbers). 3186 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 3187 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 3188 of an address. 3189 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 3190 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 3191 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 3192 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 3193 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 3194 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 3195 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 3196 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 3197 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 3198 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3199 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 3200 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3201 Institute. 3202 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 3203 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 3204 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 3205 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 3206 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 3207 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 3208 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 3209 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 3210 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 3211 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 3212 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 3213 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3214 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 3215 University of California at Berkeley. 3216 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 3217 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3218 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 3219 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 3220 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3221 Corporation UK. 3222 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 3223 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 3224 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 3225 Yale University. 3226 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 3227 be used for building. 3228 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 3229 used for a fresh build. 3230 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 3231 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 3232 ranlib. 3233 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 3234 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 3235 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 3236 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 3237 Costales. 3238 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 3239 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 3240 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 3241 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 3242 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 3243 of Siemens Business Services. 3244 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 3245 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 3246 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 3247 torek. 3248 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 3249 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 3250 They should contain the C source files for the object files 3251 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 3252 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 3253 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 3254 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 3255 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 3256 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 3257 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 3258 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 3259 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 3260 are in devtools/README. 3261 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 3262 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3263 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 3264 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 3265 new variable which identifies the root of the source 3266 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 3267 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 3268 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 3269 macro. 3270 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 3271 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 3272 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 3273 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 3274 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 3275 Corporation. 3276 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 3277 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 3278 confMANROOTMAN. 3279 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 3280 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 3281 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 3282 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 3283 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 3284 Communications. 3285 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 3286 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 3287 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 3288 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 3289 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 3290 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 3291 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 3292 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 3293 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 3294 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 3295 install-strip target. 3296 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 3297 the others (if it exists). 3298 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 3299 then the default ones. 3300 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 3301 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 3302 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 3303 to set the S flag. 3304 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 3305 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 3306 Northern Illinois University. 3307 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 3308 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 3309 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3310 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 3311 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 3312 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3313 University. 3314 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 3315 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 3316 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3317 University. 3318 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 3319 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 3320 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 3321 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 3322 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 3323 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 3324 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3325 University. 3326 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 3327 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 3328 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3329 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 3330 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 3331 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 3332 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 3333 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 3334 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 3335 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 3336 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 3337 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 3338 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 3339 Alcatel Australia Limited. 3340 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 3341 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 3342 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3343 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 3344 timeout to avoid starvation. 3345 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 3346 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 3347 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3348 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3349 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 3350 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 3351 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 3352 of Maryland. 3353 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 3354 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 3355 sendmail configuration file. 3356 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 3357 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 3358 option. 3359 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 3360 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3361 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 3362 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 3363 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 3364 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 3365 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 3366 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 3367 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3368 Corporation UK. 3369 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 3370 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 3371 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 3372 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3373 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 3374 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 3375 Institute for Global Communications. 3376 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 3377 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 3378 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3379 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 3380 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 3381 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3382 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 3383 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 3384 of the Institute for Global Communications. 3385 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 3386 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 3387 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 3388 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 3389 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 3390 Changed Files: 3391 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 3392 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 3393 which execute the actual Build script in 3394 devtools/bin. 3395 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 3396 -mandoc as they were previously. 3397 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 3398 of Build will work (unless parameters are 3399 required for Build). 3400 New Directories: 3401 devtools/M4/UNIX 3402 include 3403 libmilter 3404 libsmdb 3405 libsmutil 3406 vacation 3407 Renamed Directories: 3408 BuildTools => devtools 3409 src => sendmail 3410 Deleted Files: 3411 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 3412 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 3413 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3414 devtools/OS/SINIX 3415 sendmail/ldap_map.h 3416 New Files: 3417 INSTALL 3418 PGPKEYS 3419 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 3420 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 3421 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 3422 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 3423 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 3424 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 3425 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 3426 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 3427 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 3428 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 3429 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 3430 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 3431 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 3432 contrib/domainmap.m4 3433 contrib/qtool.8 3434 contrib/qtool.pl 3435 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 3436 devtools/M4/list.m4 3437 devtools/M4/string.m4 3438 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 3439 devtools/M4/switch.m4 3440 devtools/OS/Darwin 3441 devtools/OS/GNU 3442 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 3443 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 3444 devtools/OS/m88k 3445 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 3446 mail.local/Makefile 3447 mailstats/Makefile 3448 makemap/Makefile 3449 praliases/Makefile 3450 rmail/Makefile 3451 sendmail/Makefile 3452 sendmail/bf.h 3453 sendmail/bf_portable.c 3454 sendmail/bf_portable.h 3455 sendmail/bf_torek.c 3456 sendmail/bf_torek.h 3457 sendmail/shmticklib.c 3458 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 3459 sendmail/timers.c 3460 sendmail/timers.h 3461 smrsh/Makefile 3462 vacation/Makefile 3463 Renamed Files: 3464 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 3465 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 3466 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 3467 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 3468 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 3469 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 3470 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 3471 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 3472 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 3473 Copied Files: 3474 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 3475 34768.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 3477 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 3478 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 3479 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 3480 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3481 Schools" project (IdS). 3482 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 3483 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 3484 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 3485 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3486 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 3487 when performing the MIME header length check. This 3488 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 3489 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 3490 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 3491 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 3492 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 3493 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3494 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 3495 ExecPC Internet Systems. 3496 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 3497 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 3498 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 3499 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 3500 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 3501 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 3502 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 3503 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 3504 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 3505 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3506 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 3507 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 3508 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 3509 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 3510 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 3511 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 3512 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 3513 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 3514 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 3515 group of the IETF. 3516 Portability: 3517 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 3518 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 3519 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 3520 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 3521 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 3522 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 3523 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 3524 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 3525 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 3526 Technical University of Denmark. 3527 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 3528 Supercomputer Center. 3529 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 3530 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 3531 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 3532 of Stanford University. 3533 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 3534 between different releases. Back out the 3535 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 3536 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 3537 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 3538 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 3539 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 3540 of Siemens/SNI. 3541 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3542 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 3543 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 3544 University of Brno. 3545 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 3546 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 3547 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3548 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 3549 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 3550 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3551 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 3552 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 3553 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 3554 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 3555 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3556 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 3557 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 3558 MIDS Europe. 3559 New Files: 3560 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 3561 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3562 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 3563 35648.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 3565 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 3566 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 3567 for a denial of service attack. 3568 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 3569 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3570 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 3571 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3572 Corporation UK. 3573 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 3574 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 3575 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 3576 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 3577 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 3578 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 3579 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 3580 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 3581 Internet Services. 3582 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 3583 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 3584 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 3585 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 3586 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 3587 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 3588 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 3589 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 3590 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3591 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 3592 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 3593 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 3594 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 3595 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3596 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3597 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 3598 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 3599 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 3600 Internet Services. 3601 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 3602 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 3603 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 3604 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 3605 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 3606 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 3607 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 3608 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 3609 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 3610 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 3611 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 3612 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 3613 extended testing. 3614 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 3615 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 3616 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 3617 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 3618 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 3619 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3620 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 3621 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 3622 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 3623 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3624 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3625 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 3626 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 3627 Network. 3628 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 3629 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 3630 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 3631 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 3632 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 3633 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 3634 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3635 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 3636 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 3637 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 3638 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 3639 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 3640 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 3641 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 3642 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 3643 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 3644 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3645 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 3646 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3647 Meteorological Institute. 3648 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3649 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 3650 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 3651 Portability: 3652 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3653 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 3654 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 3655 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 3656 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 3657 reading network interface addresses into 3658 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 3659 Cal State University, Chico. 3660 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 3661 from changing the semantics of the compiled 3662 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 3663 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 3664 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 3665 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3666 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3667 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 3668 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 3669 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 3670 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 3671 of Sun Microsystems. 3672 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 3673 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3674 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 3675 of Bits Co., Ltd. 3676 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 3677 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3678 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 3679 of E I A. 3680 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 3681 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 3682 Information Center. 3683 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 3684 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3685 Institute. 3686 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 3687 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 3688 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 3689 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 3690 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3691 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 3692 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 3693 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 3694 Manawatu Internet Services. 3695 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 3696 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 3697 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 3698 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 3699 of Northern Illinois University. 3700 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 3701 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3702 Kiel. 3703 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 3704 Dot Com. 3705 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 3706 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3707 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3708 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 3709 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 3710 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 3711 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3712 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 3713 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3714 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 3715 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 3716 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 3717 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3718 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 3719 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3720 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 3721 the envelope From header. 3722 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 3723 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 3724 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 3725 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 3726 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 3727 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 3728 Portal Services, Inc. 3729 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 3730 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 3731 Sun Microsystems. 3732 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3733 New Files: 3734 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 3735 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 3736 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 3737 contrib/smcontrol.pl 3738 src/control.c 3739 37408.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 3741 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 3742 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 3743 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 3744 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 3745 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 3746 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 3747 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3748 Meteorological Institute. 3749 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 3750 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 3751 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3752 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 3753 installation commands. The man pages would still be 3754 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 3755 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3756 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 3757 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3758 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 3759 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 3760 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 3761 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 3762 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 3763 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 3764 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 3765 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 3766 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 3767 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 3768 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 3769 Flextech TV. 3770 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 3771 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 3772 DaveLtd Enterprises. 3773 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 3774 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 3775 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 3776 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 3777 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 3778 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 3779 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 3780 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 3781 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 3782 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 3783 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 3784 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 3785 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 3786 University. 3787 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 3788 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 3789 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 3790 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 3791 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 3792 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 3793 Portability: 3794 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 3795 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 3796 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 3797 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 3798 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 3799 of BSDI. 3800 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 3801 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 3802 PICT Inc. 3803 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 3804 J. P. McCann of E I A. 3805 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 3806 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 3807 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 3808 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 3809 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 3810 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3811 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 3812 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 3813 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3814 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 3815 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 3816 would not accept @@hostname. 3817 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 3818 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 3819 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 3820 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 3821 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3822 New Files: 3823 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 3824 38258.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 3826 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 3827 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 3828 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 3829 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 3830 which need the ability to override security can use the 3831 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 3832 information. 3833 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3834 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3835 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 3836 world writable directories. 3837 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 3838 it is in a world writable directory. 3839 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 3840 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 3841 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 3842 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3843 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3844 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 3845 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 3846 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3847 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 3848 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 3849 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 3850 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 3851 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 3852 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 3853 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 3854 default. 3855 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 3856 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 3857 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 3858 the University of Maryland. 3859 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 3860 of Cal State University, Chico. 3861 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 3862 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 3863 current version of Berkeley DB. 3864 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 3865 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3866 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 3867 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 3868 of Maryland. 3869 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 3870 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 3871 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 3872 Microsystems. 3873 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 3874 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 3875 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 3876 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 3877 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 3878 mail.local on the F=z flag. 3879 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 3880 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 3881 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 3882 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 3883 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 3884 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 3885 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 3886 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3887 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3888 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 3889 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 3890 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 3891 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3892 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 3893 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 3894 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 3895 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 3896 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 3897 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 3898 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 3899 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 3900 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 3901 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 3902 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 3903 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 3904 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 3905 relaying entirely. 3906 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 3907 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 3908 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 3909 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 3910 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 3911 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 3912 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 3913 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3914 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 3915 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 3916 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 3917 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 3918 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3919 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 3920 sender for those failures. 3921 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 3922 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 3923 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 3924 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 3925 of Ericsson. 3926 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 3927 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 3928 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3929 of Procter & Gamble. 3930 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 3931 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 3932 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3933 of Procter & Gamble. 3934 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 3935 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 3936 of system security. This should only be used if you are 3937 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 3938 DontBlameSendmail options are: 3939 Safe 3940 AssumeSafeChown 3941 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 3942 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 3943 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 3944 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 3945 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 3946 GroupWritableAliasFile 3947 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 3948 WorldWritableAliasFile 3949 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3950 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3951 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 3952 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 3953 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3954 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3955 MapInUnsafeDirPath 3956 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 3957 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 3958 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 3959 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 3960 LinkedMapInWritableDir 3961 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 3962 FileDeliveryToHardLink 3963 FileDeliveryToSymLink 3964 WriteMapToHardLink 3965 WriteMapToSymLink 3966 WriteStatsToHardLink 3967 WriteStatsToSymLink 3968 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 3969 RunWritableProgram 3970 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 3971 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 3972 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 3973 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 3974 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 3975 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 3976 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 3977 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 3978 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 3979 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 3980 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 3981 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 3982 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 3983 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 3984 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 3985 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 3986 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 3987 contrast to the success case). 3988 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 3989 of the form: 3990 HHeader: $>Ruleset 3991 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 3992 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 3993 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 3994 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 3995 from hiding their connection information in Received: 3996 headers. 3997 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 3998 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 3999 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4000 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4001 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4002 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4003 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4004 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4005 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4006 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4007 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4008 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4009 remote identity can be queried. 4010 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4011 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4012 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4013 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4014 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4015 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 4016 some of the details are determined dynamically via 4017 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 4018 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 4019 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 4020 the new Build method which creates an operating system 4021 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 4022 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 4023 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4024 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 4025 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 4026 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 4027 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4028 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 4029 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 4030 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 4031 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 4032 This means that even if only one of the recipients 4033 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 4034 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 4035 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 4036 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 4037 of CNET: The Computer Network. 4038 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 4039 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 4040 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4041 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 4042 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 4043 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 4044 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 4045 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 4046 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 4047 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 4048 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 4049 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 4050 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4051 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 4052 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 4053 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4054 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 4055 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 4056 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 4057 Institute. 4058 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 4059 mail.local. 4060 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 4061 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 4062 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 4063 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 4064 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 4065 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4066 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 4067 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 4068 of InfoBeat, Inc. 4069 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 4070 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 4071 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 4072 mailstats command. 4073 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 4074 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 4075 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4076 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 4077 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 4078 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 4079 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4080 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 4081 Ericsson. 4082 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 4083 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 4084 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 4085 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 4086 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 4087 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 4088 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 4089 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 4090 Stratus Computer, Inc. 4091 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 4092 currently supported version. 4093 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 4094 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4095 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 4096 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 4097 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 4098 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4099 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 4100 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 4101 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 4102 message in error bounces. 4103 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 4104 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 4105 Digital Equipment Corporation. 4106 Portability: 4107 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 4108 of Kyoto University. 4109 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 4110 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 4111 Maryland. 4112 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 4113 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 4114 in Finland. 4115 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 4116 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4117 the University of Maryland. 4118 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 4119 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 4120 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4121 Meteorological Institute. 4122 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 4123 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 4124 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 4125 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 4126 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 4127 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 4128 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 4129 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 4130 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 4131 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 4132 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 4133 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4134 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 4135 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 4136 Microsystems. 4137 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 4138 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 4139 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 4140 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 4141 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 4142 directory for certain programs. 4143 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 4144 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 4145 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 4146 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 4147 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 4148 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 4149 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 4150 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 4151 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 4152 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 4153 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 4154 the user to setup different .forward files for 4155 user+detail addressing. 4156 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 4157 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 4158 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 4159 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 4160 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 4161 outside your domain). 4162 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 4163 any site to any site. 4164 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 4165 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 4166 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 4167 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 4168 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 4169 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 4170 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 4171 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 4172 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 4173 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 4174 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 4175 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 4176 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 4177 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 4178 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 4179 host names only. 4180 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 4181 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 4182 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 4183 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 4184 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 4185 needed for most installations. 4186 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 4187 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 4188 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 4189 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4190 the University of Maryland. 4191 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 4192 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 4193 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 4194 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 4195 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 4196 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 4197 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 4198 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 4199 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 4200 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 4201 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 4202 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 4203 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 4204 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 4205 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 4206 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 4207 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 4208 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 4209 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 4210 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 4211 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 4212 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 4213 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 4214 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 4215 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 4216 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 4217 above for more information. 4218 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 4219 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4220 Meteorological Institute. 4221 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 4222 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 4223 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 4224 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 4225 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4226 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 4227 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 4228 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 4229 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 4230 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 4231 MustQuoteChars respectively. 4232 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 4233 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 4234 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 4235 CMU (now of Netscape). 4236 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 4237 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 4238 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 4239 read mail.local/README. 4240 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 4241 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 4242 University of Maryland. 4243 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 4244 University, Chico. 4245 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4246 Meteorological Institute. 4247 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 4248 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 4249 University of Maryland. 4250 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 4251 such as linked files in world writable directories. 4252 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 4253 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 4254 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 4255 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 4256 Braunschweig. 4257 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 4258 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 4259 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4260 Changed Files: 4261 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 4262 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 4263 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 4264 New Files: 4265 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 4266 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 4267 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 4268 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 4269 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 4270 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 4271 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 4272 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 4273 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 4274 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 4275 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 4276 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 4277 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 4278 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 4279 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 4280 BuildTools/OS/QNX 4281 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 4282 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 4283 BuildTools/README 4284 BuildTools/Site/README 4285 BuildTools/bin/Build 4286 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 4287 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 4288 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 4289 Makefile 4290 cf/cf/Build 4291 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 4292 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 4293 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 4294 cf/feature/access_db.m4 4295 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 4296 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 4297 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 4298 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 4299 cf/feature/rbl.m4 4300 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 4301 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 4302 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 4303 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 4304 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 4305 contrib/doublebounce.pl 4306 mail.local/Build 4307 mail.local/Makefile.m4 4308 mail.local/README 4309 mailstats/Build 4310 mailstats/Makefile.m4 4311 makemap/Build 4312 makemap/Makefile.m4 4313 praliases/Build 4314 praliases/Makefile.m4 4315 rmail/Build 4316 rmail/Makefile.m4 4317 rmail/rmail.0 4318 smrsh/Build 4319 smrsh/Makefile.m4 4320 src/Build 4321 src/Makefile.m4 4322 src/snprintf.c 4323 Deleted Files: 4324 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 4325 mail.local/Makefile 4326 mail.local/Makefile.dist 4327 mailstats/Makefile 4328 mailstats/Makefile.dist 4329 makemap/Makefile 4330 makemap/Makefile.dist 4331 praliases/Makefile 4332 praliases/Makefile.dist 4333 rmail/Makefile 4334 smrsh/Makefile 4335 smrsh/Makefile.dist 4336 src/Makefile 4337 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 4338 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 4339 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 4340 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 4341 Renamed Files: 4342 READ_ME => README 4343 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 4344 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 4345 src/READ_ME => src/README 4346 43478.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 4348 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 4349 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4350 Meteorological Institute. 4351 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 4352 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 4353 Arseneault of SRI International. 4354 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 4355 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 4356 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4357 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 4358 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 4359 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 4360 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 4361 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 4362 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4363 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 4364 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 4365 River Systems. 4366 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 4367 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 4368 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 4369 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 4370 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4371 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 4372 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 4373 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 4374 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 4375 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 4376 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 4377 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 4378 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 4379 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4380 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4381 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 4382 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4383 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 4384 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 4385 results during a single message processing (but would 4386 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 4387 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 4388 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 4389 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4390 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4391 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 4392 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 4393 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4394 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4395 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 4396 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 4397 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 4398 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 4399 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 4400 and the inability to save a bounce message to 4401 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 4402 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 4403 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 4404 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 4405 Associates. 4406 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 4407 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 4408 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 4409 could cause confusing error messages. 4410 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 4411 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 4412 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 4413 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 4414 SuperNet, Inc. 4415 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 4416 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4417 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 4418 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4419 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4420 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 4421 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 4422 dropped. 4423 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 4424 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 4425 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4426 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 4427 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 4428 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 4429 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 4430 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4431 Institute. 4432 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 4433 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 4434 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 4435 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 4436 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 4437 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 4438 RUS University of Stuttgart. 4439 Minor lint fixes. 4440 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 4441 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 4442 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 4443 of Stanford University. 4444 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 4445 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 4446 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 4447 Portability: 4448 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 4449 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 4450 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 4451 Electronic Data Systems. 4452 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 4453 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 4454 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 4455 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 4456 loader environment variables into the loader memory 4457 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 4458 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 4459 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 4460 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 4461 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 4462 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 4463 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 4464 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 4465 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 4466 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 4467 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4468 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 4469 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4470 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 4471 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 4472 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 4473 Services. 4474 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 4475 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4476 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 4477 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 4478 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 4479 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 4480 Services VAS. 4481 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4482 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 4483 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 4484 Ericsson. 4485 44868.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 4487 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 4488 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 4489 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 4490 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 4491 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 4492 GmbH. 4493 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 4494 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 4495 of Technology, Stockholm. 4496 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 4497 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 4498 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 4499 that these routines are included as though they were in the 4500 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 4501 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 4502 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 4503 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 4504 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 4505 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 4506 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 4507 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 4508 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 4509 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 4510 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 4511 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 4512 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 4513 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 4514 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 4515 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 4516 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 4517 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 4518 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 4519 have to assume that the information is good. 4520 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 4521 open or locked. 4522 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 4523 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 4524 errors during testing. 4525 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 4526 printed in the error message. 4527 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 4528 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 4529 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 4530 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 4531 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 4532 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 4533 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 4534 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 4535 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 4536 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 4537 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 4538 runner runs during a critical section in another message 4539 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 4540 Results Computing. 4541 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 4542 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 4543 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 4544 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 4545 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4546 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 4547 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 4548 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 4549 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 4550 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 4551 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 4552 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 4553 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 4554 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 4555 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 4556 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 4557 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 4558 simultaneously. 4559 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 4560 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 4561 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 4562 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 4563 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4564 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 4565 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 4566 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 4567 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4568 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 4569 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 4570 CSU Chico. 4571 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 4572 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 4573 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 4574 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 4575 Portability: 4576 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 4577 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 4578 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 4579 be used instead. 4580 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 4581 of Argonne National Laboratory. 4582 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4583 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4584 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 4585 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 4586 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 4587 in Makefiles. 4588 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 4589 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 4590 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 4591 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 4592 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 4593 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 4594 NCR Corp. 4595 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 4596 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4597 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 4598 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 4599 Resource Network 4600 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 4601 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 4602 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 4603 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 4604 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 4605 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 4606 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 4607 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 4608 Corp. 4609 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 4610 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 4611 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 4612 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 4613 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 4614 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 4615 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 4616 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 4617 PlainTalk. 4618 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 4619 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 4620 by Harry Styron. 4621 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 4622 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 4623 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 4624 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 4625 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 4626 changed after open". 4627 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 4628 files. 4629 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 4630 NEW FILES: 4631 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 4632 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 4633 test/t_exclopen.c 4634 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 4635 DELETED FILES: 4636 Makefile 4637 46388.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 4639 ************************************************************* 4640 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 4641 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 4642 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 4643 * continued sendmail development. * 4644 ************************************************************* 4645 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 4646 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 4647 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 4648 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 4649 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 4650 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 4651 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 4652 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 4653 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 4654 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 4655 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 4656 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 4657 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 4658 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 4659 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 4660 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 4661 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4662 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4663 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 4664 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 4665 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 4666 another database; this can be used either to expose 4667 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 4668 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 4669 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 4670 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 4671 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 4672 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 4673 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 4674 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 4675 system directories. 4676 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 4677 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 4678 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 4679 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 4680 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 4681 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 4682 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 4683 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 4684 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 4685 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 4686 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 4687 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 4688 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 4689 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 4690 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 4691 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 4692 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 4693 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 4694 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 4695 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 4696 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 4697 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 4698 NFS-mounted filesystems. 4699 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 4700 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 4701 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 4702 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 4703 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 4704 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 4705 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 4706 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 4707 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4708 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 4709 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4710 same host). 4711 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 4712 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 4713 from Theo de Raadt. 4714 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 4715 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 4716 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4717 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 4718 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 4719 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 4720 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 4721 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 4722 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4723 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 4724 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 4725 Microsystems. 4726 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 4727 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 4728 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4729 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 4730 too large) don't send the bogus message. 4731 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 4732 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 4733 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4734 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 4735 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 4736 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 4737 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 4738 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 4739 Shapiro. 4740 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 4741 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 4742 Sun Microsystems. 4743 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 4744 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 4745 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 4746 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 4747 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 4748 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 4749 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 4750 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 4751 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 4752 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 4753 Mercury Mail. 4754 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 4755 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 4756 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 4757 Morgan Stanley. 4758 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 4759 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 4760 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 4761 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4762 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 4763 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 4764 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 4765 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 4766 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 4767 not be run. 4768 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 4769 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 4770 printing. 4771 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 4772 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 4773 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4774 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 4775 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 4776 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 4777 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 4778 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 4779 erroneous results during a single message processing 4780 (but would recover when the next message was received). 4781 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 4782 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 4783 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 4784 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 4785 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 4786 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 4787 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 4788 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 4789 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 4790 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 4791 address as "may be forged". 4792 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 4793 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 4794 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 4795 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 4796 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 4797 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 4798 of TwinCom. 4799 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 4800 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 4801 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 4802 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 4803 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 4804 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 4805 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 4806 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 4807 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4808 Institute. 4809 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 4810 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 4811 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 4812 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 4813 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 4814 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 4815 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 4816 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 4817 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 4818 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 4819 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 4820 book (2nd edition). 4821 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 4822 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 4823 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 4824 John Beck of SunSoft. 4825 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 4826 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 4827 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 4828 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 4829 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 4830 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 4831 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 4832 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 4833 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 4834 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 4835 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 4836 returns. 4837 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 4838 on some architectures. 4839 Portability: 4840 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 4841 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 4842 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 4843 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 4844 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 4845 of Washington. 4846 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 4847 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 4848 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4849 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 4850 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 4851 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 4852 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 4853 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 4854 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 4855 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4856 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 4857 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 4858 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 4859 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 4860 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 4861 Cambridge. 4862 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 4863 Kari Hurtta. 4864 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 4865 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 4866 IRIX Makefile). 4867 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 4868 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4869 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 4870 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 4871 Brian Candler. 4872 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 4873 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 4874 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4875 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 4876 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 4877 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4878 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 4879 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 4880 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4881 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 4882 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 4883 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4884 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 4885 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 4886 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 4887 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 4888 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 4889 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 4890 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 4891 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4892 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 4893 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 4894 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 4895 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 4896 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 4897 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 4898 was specified, even when it wasn't. 4899 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 4900 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 4901 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 4902 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 4903 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 4904 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 4905 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 4906 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 4907 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 4908 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 4909 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 4910 developers). 4911 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 4912 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 4913 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4914 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 4915 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 4916 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 4917 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 4918 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 4919 NEXTSTEP. 4920 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 4921 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 4922 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 4923 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 4924 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4925 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 4926 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 4927 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 4928 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 4929 for system accounts. 4930 NEW FILES: 4931 src/safefile.c 4932 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 4933 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 4934 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 4935 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 4936 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 4937 RENAMED FILES: 4938 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 4939 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 4940 49418.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 4942 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 4943 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 4944 even if RunAsUser is specified. 4945 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 4946 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 4947 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4948 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 4949 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 4950 University of Pennsylvania. 4951 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 4952 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 4953 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 4954 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 4955 was unnecessarily awful. 4956 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 4957 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 4958 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 4959 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 4960 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 4961 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 4962 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 4963 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 4964 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4965 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 4966 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4967 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 4968 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 4969 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4970 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 4971 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 4972 Semiconductor Corp. 4973 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 4974 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 4975 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 4976 at Austin. 4977 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 4978 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 4979 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 4980 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 4981 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 4982 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 4983 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 4984 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 4985 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 4986 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 4987 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 4988 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 4989 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 4990 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 4991 Costales. 4992 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 4993 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 4994 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 4995 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 4996 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 4997 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 4998 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 4999 The current values and defaults are: 5000 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5001 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5002 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5003 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5004 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5005 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5006 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5007 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5008 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5009 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5010 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5011 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5012 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5013 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5014 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5015 Eric Hagberg. 5016 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 5017 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 5018 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 5019 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 5020 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 5021 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 5022 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 5023 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5024 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 5025 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 5026 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 5027 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 5028 Communications. 5029 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 5030 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 5031 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 5032 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5033 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 5034 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 5035 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 5036 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 5037 PORTABILITY: 5038 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 5039 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 5040 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 5041 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 5042 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5043 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 5044 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 5045 (Moscow). 5046 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 5047 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 5048 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 5049 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 5050 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 5051 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 5052 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 5053 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 5054 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 5055 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 5056 Received: line. 5057 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 5058 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 5059 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 5060 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 5061 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 5062 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 5063 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 5064 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 5065 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 5066 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 5067 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 5068 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 5069 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 5070 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 5071 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 5072 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 5073 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 5074 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 5075 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 5076 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 5077 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5078 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 5079 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 5080 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 5081 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 5082 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 5083 Long Beach. 5084 50858.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 5086 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 5087 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 5088 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 5089 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 5090 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 5091 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 5092 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 5093 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 5094 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 5095 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 5096 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 5097 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 5098 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 5099 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 5100 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 5101 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 5102 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 5103 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 5104 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5105 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 5106 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 5107 Problem noted by several people. 5108 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 5109 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 5110 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 5111 by several people. 5112 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 5113 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 5114 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 5115 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 5116 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 5117 of Best Internet Communications. 5118 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 5119 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 5120 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 5121 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 5122 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 5123 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 5124 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 5125 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 5126 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 5127 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 5128 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 5129 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 5130 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5131 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 5132 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 5133 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 5134 by Roy Mongiovi. 5135 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 5136 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5137 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 5138 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 5139 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 5140 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 5141 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 5142 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 5143 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 5144 of Kyoto University. 5145 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 5146 conditions from Don Lewis. 5147 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 5148 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 5149 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 5150 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 5151 patch from Bryan Costales. 5152 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5153 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 5154 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 5155 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 5156 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 5157 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 5158 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 5159 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 5160 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 5161 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 5162 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 5163 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 5164 of Tokyo. 5165 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 5166 Services, Inc. 5167 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 5168 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 5169 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 5170 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 5171 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 5172 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 5173 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 5174 than one long one. By popular demand. 5175 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 5176 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 5177 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 5178 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 5179 of NTT Software Corporation. 5180 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 5181 NEW FILES: 5182 contrib/etrn.pl 5183 51848.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 5185 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 5186 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 5187 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 5188 best-of-security list. 5189 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 5190 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 5191 should make it clearer to people that they are running 5192 the wrong binary. 5193 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 5194 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 5195 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 5196 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 5197 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 5198 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 5199 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 5200 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 5201 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5202 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 5203 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5204 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 5205 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 5206 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 5207 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 5208 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 5209 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 5210 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 5211 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 5212 Eric Wassenaar. 5213 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 5214 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 5215 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 5216 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 5217 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 5218 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 5219 UUNET. 5220 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 5221 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 5222 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 5223 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 5224 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 5225 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 5226 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 5227 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 5228 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 5229 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 5230 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5231 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 5232 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 5233 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 5234 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 5235 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 5236 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 5237 University of Linkoping. 5238 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 5239 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 5240 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5241 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 5242 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 5243 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 5244 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 5245 other end. 5246 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 5247 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 5248 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 5249 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 5250 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 5251 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 5252 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5253 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5254 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 5255 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 5256 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 5257 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 5258 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 5259 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 5260 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 5261 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 5262 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 5263 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 5264 The outline of the implementation was contributed 5265 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 5266 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 5267 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 5268 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 5269 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 5270 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 5271 Earickson of Colby College. 5272 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 5273 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 5274 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 5275 Kari Hurtta. 5276 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 5277 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 5278 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 5279 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 5280 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 5281 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 5282 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5283 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 5284 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 5285 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 5286 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 5287 University of Washington, Seattle. 5288 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 5289 Polytechnic Institute. 5290 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 5291 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 5292 NEW FILES: 5293 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 5294 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 5295 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 5296 52978.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 5298 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 5299 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 5300 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5301 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 5302 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 5303 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 5304 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 5305 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 5306 CONFIG: no changes. 5307 53088.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 5309 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 5310 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 5311 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 5312 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 5313 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 5314 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 5315 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 5316 of WPI. 5317 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 5318 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 5319 Kyoto University. 5320 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 5321 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 5322 on illegal host names. 5323 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 5324 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 5325 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 5326 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 5327 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 5328 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 5329 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 5330 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 5331 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5332 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 5333 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 5334 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 5335 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 5336 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 5337 University of Leicester. 5338 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 5339 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 5340 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 5341 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 5342 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 5343 University of Washington. 5344 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5345 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 5346 people pointed this out. 5347 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 5348 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 5349 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 5350 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 5351 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 5352 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 5353 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 5354 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 5355 Softec. 5356 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 5357 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5358 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 5359 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 5360 53618.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 5362 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 5363 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 5364 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 5365 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 5366 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 5367 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 5368 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 5369 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 5370 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 5371 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 5372 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 5373 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 5374 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 5375 NSC (Japan). 5376 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 5377 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 5378 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5379 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 5380 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 5381 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 5382 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 5383 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 5384 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 5385 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 5386 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 5387 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 5388 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 5389 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 5390 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 5391 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 5392 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 5393 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 5394 printout. 5395 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 5396 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 5397 square braces. 5398 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 5399 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 5400 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 5401 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 5402 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 5403 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 5404 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5405 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 5406 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 5407 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 5408 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5409 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 5410 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 5411 Dandelion Digital. 5412 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 5413 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 5414 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 5415 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 5416 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 5417 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 5418 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 5419 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5420 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 5421 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 5422 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 5423 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 5424 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 5425 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 5426 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 5427 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 5428 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 5429 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 5430 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 5431 mailers. 5432 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 5433 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 5434 Myers of CMU. 5435 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 5436 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 5437 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 5438 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 5439 there should be no security implications. Implementation 5440 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 5441 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 5442 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 5443 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 5444 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 5445 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 5446 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 5447 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 5448 parameter. 5449 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 5450 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 5451 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 5452 University of Maryland. 5453 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 5454 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 5455 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 5456 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 5457 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 5458 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 5459 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 5460 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 5461 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 5462 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 5463 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 5464 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 5465 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 5466 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 5467 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 5468 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 5469 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 5470 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 5471 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 5472 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 5473 section 5.2.5. 5474 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 5475 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 5476 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 5477 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 5478 is for incoming connections only. 5479 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 5480 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 5481 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 5482 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 5483 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 5484 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 5485 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 5486 (e.g., due to connection caching). 5487 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 5488 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 5489 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 5490 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 5491 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 5492 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 5493 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 5494 that take a very long time to run. 5495 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 5496 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 5497 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 5498 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 5499 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 5500 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5501 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 5502 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 5503 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5504 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 5505 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 5506 Costales. 5507 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 5508 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 5509 Technologies, Inc. 5510 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 5511 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 5512 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 5513 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 5514 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 5515 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 5516 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 5517 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 5518 different for this case. 5519 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 5520 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 5521 of Stanford University. 5522 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 5523 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 5524 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 5525 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5526 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 5527 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 5528 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 5529 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 5530 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 5531 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5532 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 5533 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 5534 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 5535 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 5536 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 5537 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 5538 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 5539 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 5540 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 5541 Pasteur Institute. 5542 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 5543 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 5544 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 5545 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 5546 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 5547 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 5548 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 5549 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 5550 canonification. 5551 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 5552 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 5553 mailers. 5554 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 5555 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 5556 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 5557 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 5558 either of these in their configuration file. 5559 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 5560 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 5561 St. Peter's College. 5562 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 5563 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 5564 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 5565 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5566 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 5567 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5568 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 5569 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 5570 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 5571 Costales. 5572 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 5573 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 5574 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 5575 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 5576 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 5577 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 5578 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 5579 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 5580 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 5581 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 5582 in rulesets. 5583 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 5584 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 5585 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 5586 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 5587 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 5588 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 5589 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 5590 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 5591 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 5592 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 5593 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 5594 on that basis. 5595 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 5596 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 5597 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 5598 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 5599 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 5600 Vixie. 5601 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 5602 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 5603 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 5604 See also the src/READ_ME file. 5605 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 5606 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 5607 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 5608 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 5609 two characters $, +. 5610 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 5611 debug_dumpstate. 5612 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 5613 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 5614 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 5615 valid recipients. 5616 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 5617 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 5618 noted by Tom May. 5619 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 5620 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 5621 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 5622 Beck of InReference, Inc. 5623 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 5624 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 5625 Computing Corporation. 5626 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 5627 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 5628 Internet Communications. 5629 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 5630 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 5631 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 5632 of Lysator. 5633 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 5634 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 5635 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 5636 of the University of Iceland. 5637 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 5638 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 5639 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 5640 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 5641 this change is a no-op. 5642 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 5643 Costales. 5644 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 5645 Bryan Costales. 5646 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 5647 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5648 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 5649 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5650 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 5651 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5652 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 5653 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 5654 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 5655 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5656 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 5657 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 5658 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 5659 Jones of UUNET. 5660 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 5661 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 5662 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5663 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 5664 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 5665 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 5666 easily determine what messages are to their role as 5667 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 5668 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 5669 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 5670 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 5671 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 5672 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 5673 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 5674 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 5675 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 5676 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 5677 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 5678 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 5679 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 5680 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 5681 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 5682 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 5683 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 5684 of Stanford University. 5685 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 5686 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 5687 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 5688 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 5689 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 5690 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 5691 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 5692 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 5693 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 5694 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 5695 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 5696 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 5697 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5698 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 5699 Motonori Nakamura. 5700 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 5701 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 5702 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 5703 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 5704 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 5705 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 5706 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 5707 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 5708 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 5709 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 5710 value is ".hoststat". 5711 There are also two new operation modes: 5712 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 5713 connections. 5714 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 5715 recent status information. 5716 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 5717 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 5718 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 5719 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 5720 framework is gratefully appreciated. 5721 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 5722 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 5723 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 5724 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 5725 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 5726 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 5727 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 5728 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 5729 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 5730 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 5731 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 5732 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 5733 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 5734 Costales. 5735 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 5736 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5737 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 5738 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 5739 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 5740 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5741 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 5742 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 5743 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 5744 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 5745 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 5746 Webmasters. 5747 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 5748 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 5749 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 5750 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 5751 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 5752 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 5753 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 5754 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 5755 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 5756 of Washington, Seattle. 5757 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 5758 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 5759 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 5760 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 5761 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 5762 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 5763 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 5764 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 5765 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 5766 Nakamura. 5767 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 5768 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 5769 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 5770 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 5771 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 5772 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 5773 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 5774 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 5775 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 5776 well constrained. 5777 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 5778 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 5779 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 5780 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 5781 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 5782 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 5783 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 5784 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 5785 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 5786 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 5787 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 5788 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 5789 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 5790 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 5791 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 5792 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 5793 Wolfhugel. 5794 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 5795 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 5796 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 5797 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 5798 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 5799 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 5800 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5801 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 5802 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 5803 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 5804 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 5805 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 5806 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 5807 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 5808 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 5809 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 5810 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 5811 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 5812 National University of Singapore. 5813 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 5814 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 5815 system can't cope with. 5816 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5817 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 5818 Atlas International. 5819 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 5820 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 5821 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 5822 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 5823 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 5824 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 5825 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 5826 Bernstein and Associates. 5827 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 5828 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 5829 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 5830 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 5831 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5832 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 5833 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 5834 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 5835 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 5836 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5837 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 5838 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 5839 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 5840 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5841 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 5842 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5843 Institute. 5844 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 5845 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 5846 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 5847 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 5848 Employment Standards Administration. 5849 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 5850 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 5851 Jr. 5852 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 5853 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 5854 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 5855 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 5856 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 5857 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 5858 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 5859 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 5860 of the University of Arizona. 5861 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 5862 Vanderbilt University. 5863 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 5864 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 5865 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 5866 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5867 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 5868 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5869 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 5870 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 5871 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 5872 Foundation. 5873 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 5874 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 5875 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 5876 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 5877 Myers of CMU. 5878 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 5879 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 5880 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 5881 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 5882 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 5883 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 5884 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 5885 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 5886 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 5887 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 5888 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 5889 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 5890 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 5891 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 5892 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 5893 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 5894 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 5895 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5896 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 5897 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 5898 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 5899 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 5900 info@foo.com foo-info 5901 info@bar.com bar-info 5902 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 5903 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 5904 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 5905 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 5906 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 5907 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 5908 a great many people. 5909 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 5910 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 5911 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 5912 "fax" mailer. 5913 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 5914 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 5915 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 5916 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 5917 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 5918 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 5919 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 5920 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 5921 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 5922 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 5923 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 5924 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 5925 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 5926 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 5927 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 5928 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 5929 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 5930 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 5931 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 5932 of WPI. 5933 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 5934 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 5935 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5936 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 5937 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 5938 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 5939 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 5940 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 5941 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 5942 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5943 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 5944 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 5945 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 5946 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 5947 by Andreas Luik. 5948 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 5949 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 5950 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5951 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 5952 Wolfhugel. 5953 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 5954 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 5955 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 5956 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 5957 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 5958 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 5959 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 5960 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 5961 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 5962 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 5963 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 5964 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 5965 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 5966 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 5967 Costales. 5968 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5969 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 5970 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 5971 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5972 NEW FILES: 5973 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 5974 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 5975 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 5976 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 5977 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 5978 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 5979 mailstats/mailstats.8 5980 praliases/praliases.8 5981 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 5982 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 5983 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 5984 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 5985 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 5986 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 5987 cf/ostype/altos.m4 5988 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 5989 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 5990 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 5991 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 5992 DELETED FILES: 5993 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 5994 contrib/xla/README 5995 contrib/xla/xla.c 5996 RENAMED FILES: 5997 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 5998 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 5999 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6000 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6001 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6002 60038.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6004 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6005 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6006 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6007 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6008 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6009 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6010 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6011 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6012 60138.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6014 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6015 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 6016 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 6017 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 6018 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 6019 and others. 6020 60218.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 6022 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6023 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6024 any user (except root). 6025 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6026 version number is unchanged. 6027 60288.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 6029 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 6030 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 6031 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6032 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 6033 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 6034 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 6035 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 6036 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 6037 Costales. 6038 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6039 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 6040 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 6041 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 6042 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 6043 Stanford University. 6044 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 6045 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6046 60478.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 6048 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 6049 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 6050 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 6051 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 6052 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 6053 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 6054 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 6055 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 6056 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 6057 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 6058 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 6059 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 6060 by Kari Hurtta. 6061 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 6062 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 6063 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 6064 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 6065 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 6066 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 6067 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 6068 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 6069 bounces when it should have requeued. 6070 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 6071 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 6072 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 6073 John Hawkinson of Panix. 6074 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 6075 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 6076 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 6077 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 6078 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 6079 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 6080 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 6081 Infobiogen. 6082 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 6083 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 6084 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 6085 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 6086 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 6087 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 6088 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 6089 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 6090 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 6091 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 6092 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 6093 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 6094 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6095 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 6096 underscores. 6097 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 6098 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 6099 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6100 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 6101 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 6102 included even if the user did not request success notification, 6103 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6104 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 6105 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 6106 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 6107 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 6108 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 6109 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 6110 Costales of ICSI. 6111 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 6112 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 6113 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 6114 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 6115 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 6116 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 6117 Technological University. 6118 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 6119 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 6120 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 6121 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6122 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 6123 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 6124 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 6125 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 6126 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 6127 to have the database format of the alias files without the 6128 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 6129 Inc. 6130 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 6131 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 6132 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 6133 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 6134 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 6135 University. 6136 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 6137 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 6138 Association for Progressive Communications. 6139 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 6140 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 6141 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 6142 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 6143 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 6144 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 6145 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 6146 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6147 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 6148 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 6149 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 6150 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 6151 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 6152 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 6153 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 6154 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 6155 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 6156 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 6157 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6158 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 6159 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 6160 James B. Davis of TCI. 6161 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 6162 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6163 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 6164 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 6165 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 6166 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 6167 isn't supported on all compilers. 6168 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 6169 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 6170 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 6171 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 6172 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 6173 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 6174 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 6175 (France). 6176 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 6177 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 6178 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 6179 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 6180 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 6181 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 6182 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 6183 for different files. 6184 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 6185 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 6186 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6187 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 6188 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 6189 changes). 6190 61918.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 6192 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 6193 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 6194 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 6195 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6196 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 6197 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 6198 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 6199 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 6200 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 6201 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6202 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 6203 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 6204 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 6205 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 6206 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 6207 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 6208 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 6209 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 6210 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 6211 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 6212 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 6213 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 6214 results. This could have security implications. 6215 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 6216 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 6217 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 6218 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 6219 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 6220 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 6221 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 6222 Elz. 6223 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 6224 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 6225 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 6226 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 6227 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 6228 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 6229 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 6230 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 6231 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 6232 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 6233 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 6234 domain names are your friends. 6235 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 6236 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 6237 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 6238 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 6239 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 6240 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 6241 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 6242 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 6243 of TerraNet. 6244 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 6245 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 6246 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 6247 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 6248 of WPI. 6249 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6250 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 6251 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 6252 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 6253 file and SGI standards. From Andre 6254 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 6255 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 6256 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 6257 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 6258 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 6259 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 6260 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 6261 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 6262 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 6263 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6264 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 6265 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 6266 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6267 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 6268 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 6269 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 6270 Infobiogen (France). 6271 NEW FILES: 6272 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6273 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6274 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 6275 62768.7/8.7 1995/09/16 6277 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 6278 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 6279 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 6280 Global Communications. 6281 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 6282 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 6283 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 6284 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 6285 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 6286 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 6287 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6288 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 6289 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 6290 can be confusing. 6291 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 6292 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 6293 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 6294 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 6295 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 6296 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 6297 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 6298 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 6299 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 6300 Maryland. 6301 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 6302 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 6303 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 6304 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 6305 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6306 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 6307 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 6308 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 6309 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 6310 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 6311 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 6312 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6313 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 6314 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 6315 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 6316 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6317 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 6318 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 6319 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 6320 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 6321 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 6322 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 6323 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 6324 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 6325 Swarthmore University. 6326 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 6327 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 6328 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 6329 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 6330 ruleset. 6331 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 6332 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 6333 -d debug flag. 6334 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 6335 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 6336 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 6337 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 6338 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 6339 and the parsed address. 6340 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 6341 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 6342 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 6343 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 6344 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 6345 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 6346 recipients. 6347 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 6348 return the result. 6349 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 6350 `mapname' and return the result. 6351 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 6352 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 6353 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 6354 the header for envelope sender information and uses 6355 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 6356 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 6357 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 6358 that functionality. 6359 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 6360 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 6361 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 6362 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 6363 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 6364 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 6365 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 6366 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 6367 of Michigan Technological University. 6368 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 6369 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 6370 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 6371 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 6372 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 6373 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 6374 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 6375 or not. 6376 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 6377 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 6378 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 6379 the error message. It was especially weird because it 6380 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 6381 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 6382 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 6383 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 6384 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 6385 should have minimal impact on external function. 6386 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 6387 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 6388 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 6389 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 6390 7 SevenBitInput 6391 8 EightBitMode 6392 A AliasFile 6393 a AliasWait 6394 B BlankSub 6395 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 6396 C CheckpointInterval 6397 c HoldExpensive 6398 D AutoRebuildAliases 6399 d DeliveryMode 6400 E ErrorHeader 6401 e ErrorMode 6402 f SaveFromLine 6403 F TempFileMode 6404 G MatchGECOS 6405 H HelpFile 6406 h MaxHopCount 6407 i IgnoreDots 6408 I ResolverOptions 6409 J ForwardPath 6410 j SendMimeErrors 6411 k ConnectionCacheSize 6412 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 6413 L LogLevel 6414 l UseErrorsTo 6415 m MeToo 6416 n CheckAliases 6417 O DaemonPortOptions 6418 o OldStyleHeaders 6419 P PostmasterCopy 6420 p PrivacyOptions 6421 Q QueueDirectory 6422 q QueueFactor 6423 R DontPruneRoutes 6424 r, T Timeout 6425 S StatusFile 6426 s SuperSafe 6427 t TimeZoneSpec 6428 u DefaultUser 6429 U UserDatabaseSpec 6430 V FallbackMXHost 6431 v Verbose 6432 w TryNullMXList 6433 x QueueLA 6434 X RefuseLA 6435 Y ForkEachJob 6436 y RecipientFactor 6437 z ClassFactor 6438 Z RetryFactor 6439 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 6440 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 6441 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 6442 $l UnixFromLine 6443 $o OperatorChars 6444 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 6445 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 6446 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 6447 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 6448 specify "V6" in the configuration. 6449 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 6450 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 6451 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 6452 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 6453 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 6454 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 6455 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 6456 This requires config file support to get right. It does 6457 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 6458 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6459 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 6460 A Addresses are aliasable. 6461 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 6462 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 6463 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 6464 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 6465 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 6466 recipient mailer flags. 6467 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 6468 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 6469 delivery. 6470 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 6471 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 6472 : Check for :include: on this address. 6473 | Check for |program on this address. 6474 / Check for /file on this address. 6475 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 6476 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 6477 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 6478 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 6479 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 6480 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 6481 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6482 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 6483 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 6484 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 6485 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 6486 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 6487 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 6488 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 6489 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 6490 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 6491 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 6492 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 6493 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 6494 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 6495 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 6496 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 6497 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 6498 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 6499 (essentially, the full MIME option). 6500 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 6501 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 6502 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 6503 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 6504 flag is ignored. 6505 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 6506 the setting of F=8. 6507 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 6508 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 6509 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 6510 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 6511 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 6512 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 6513 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 6514 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 6515 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 6516 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 6517 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 6518 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 6519 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 6520 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 6521 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 6522 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 6523 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 6524 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 6525 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 6526 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 6527 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 6528 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 6529 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 6530 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 6531 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 6532 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 6533 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 6534 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 6535 Unicom. 6536 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 6537 fashion as the U= mailer option. 6538 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 6539 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 6540 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 6541 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 6542 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 6543 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 6544 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 6545 from Chip Rosenthal. 6546 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 6547 For example, 6548 O Timeout.helo = 2m 6549 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 6550 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 6551 set them both the preferred new syntax is 6552 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 6553 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 6554 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 6555 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 6556 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 6557 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 6558 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 6559 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 6560 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 6561 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 6562 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 6563 contribution was to make it configurable). 6564 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 6565 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 6566 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 6567 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 6568 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 6569 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 6570 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 6571 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 6572 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 6573 I/O redirection. 6574 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 6575 can be confusing. 6576 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 6577 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 6578 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 6579 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 6580 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 6581 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 6582 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 6583 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 6584 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 6585 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 6586 queue-only. 6587 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 6588 :include: and .forward files. 6589 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 6590 key field name, the value field name, and the field 6591 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 6592 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 6593 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 6594 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 6595 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6596 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 6597 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 6598 Sun Microsystems. 6599 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 6600 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 6601 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 6602 Hutton of Indiana University. 6603 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 6604 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 6605 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 6606 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 6607 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 6608 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6609 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 6610 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 6611 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 6612 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 6613 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 6614 as comments. 6615 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 6616 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 6617 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 6618 are from sysexits.h. 6619 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 6620 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 6621 Kmap1 ... 6622 Kmap2 ... 6623 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 6624 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 6625 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 6626 map2 is searched and the value returned. 6627 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 6628 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 6629 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 6630 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 6631 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 6632 For example, if the declaration of the map is 6633 Ksample switch hosts 6634 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 6635 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 6636 equivalent to 6637 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 6638 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 6639 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 6640 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 6641 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 6642 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 6643 the -m (matchonly) flag. 6644 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 6645 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 6646 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 6647 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 6648 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 6649 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 6650 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 6651 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 6652 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 6653 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 6654 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 6655 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 6656 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 6657 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 6658 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 6659 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 6660 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 6661 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 6662 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 6663 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 6664 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 6665 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 6666 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 6667 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 6668 an /etc/hosts entry reads 6669 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 6670 this change will use the second name as the canonical 6671 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 6672 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 6673 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 6674 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 6675 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 6676 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 6677 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 6678 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 6679 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 6680 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 6681 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 6682 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 6683 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 6684 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 6685 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 6686 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 6687 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 6688 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 6689 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 6690 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 6691 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 6692 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 6693 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 6694 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 6695 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 6696 much longer than the specified timeout. 6697 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 6698 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 6699 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 6700 denial-of-service attack. 6701 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 6702 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 6703 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6704 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 6705 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 6706 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 6707 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 6708 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 6709 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 6710 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 6711 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 6712 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 6713 actually file lookups. 6714 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 6715 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 6716 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 6717 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 6718 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 6719 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 6720 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 6721 support for them has been removed. 6722 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 6723 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 6724 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 6725 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 6726 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 6727 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 6728 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 6729 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 6730 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 6731 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6732 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 6733 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 6734 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 6735 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 6736 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 6737 also improves the connection cache utilization. 6738 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 6739 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 6740 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 6741 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 6742 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 6743 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 6744 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 6745 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 6746 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 6747 Microsystems. 6748 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 6749 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 6750 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 6751 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 6752 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 6753 option can give the network software time to establish 6754 the link. The default units are seconds. 6755 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 6756 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 6757 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 6758 Defense Information Systems Agency. 6759 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 6760 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 6761 the National Computer Security Center. 6762 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 6763 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 6764 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 6765 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 6766 the mailprio scripts (see below). 6767 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 6768 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 6769 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 6770 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 6771 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 6772 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 6773 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 6774 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 6775 University Computing Service. 6776 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 6777 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 6778 the University of Kentucky. 6779 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 6780 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 6781 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 6782 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 6783 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 6784 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 6785 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 6786 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 6787 Corporation. 6788 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 6789 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 6790 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 6791 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 6792 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 6793 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 6794 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 6795 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 6796 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 6797 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 6798 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 6799 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 6800 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 6801 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 6802 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 6803 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 6804 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 6805 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 6806 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 6807 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 6808 Communications. 6809 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 6810 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 6811 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 6812 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 6813 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 6814 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 6815 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 6816 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 6817 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 6818 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 6819 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 6820 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6821 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 6822 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 6823 on values: 6824 None Leave the message as is. The 6825 message will be passed on even 6826 though it is in technically 6827 illegal syntax. 6828 Add-To Add a To: header with any 6829 recipients that it can find from 6830 the envelope. This risks exposing 6831 Bcc: recipients. 6832 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 6833 has almost no redeeming social value, 6834 and is provided only for back 6835 compatibility. 6836 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 6837 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 6838 which will have the effect of 6839 making the message legal without 6840 exposing Bcc: recipients. 6841 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 6842 There is a chance that mailers down 6843 the line will delete this header, 6844 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 6845 recipients. 6846 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 6847 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 6848 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 6849 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 6850 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 6851 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 6852 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 6853 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 6854 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 6855 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 6856 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 6857 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 6858 For example, if you run with 6859 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 6860 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 6861 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 6862 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 6863 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 6864 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 6865 entries. For example, given the aliases: 6866 list: member1 6867 list: member2 6868 and an alias file declared as: 6869 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 6870 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 6871 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 6872 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6873 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 6874 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 6875 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 6876 Johannesen. 6877 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 6878 to be simpler and more consistent. 6879 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 6880 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 6881 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 6882 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6883 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 6884 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 6885 This may affect some people who have written their own 6886 checkcompat() routine. 6887 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 6888 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 6889 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 6890 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 6891 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 6892 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 6893 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 6894 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 6895 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 6896 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 6897 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 6898 Corporation. 6899 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 6900 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 6901 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 6902 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 6903 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 6904 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 6905 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 6906 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 6907 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 6908 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 6909 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 6910 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 6911 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 6912 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 6913 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 6914 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 6915 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 6916 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 6917 the header. 6918 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6919 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 6920 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 6921 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 6922 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 6923 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 6924 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 6925 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 6926 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 6927 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 6928 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 6929 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 6930 is added between the first and second word of the first 6931 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 6932 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 6933 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 6934 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 6935 old sendmails understand. 6936 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 6937 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 6938 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 6939 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 6940 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 6941 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 6942 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 6943 data -- for example, 6944 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 6945 (romanized/less information) 6946 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 6947 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 6948 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 6949 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 6950 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 6951 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 6952 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 6953 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 6954 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 6955 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 6956 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 6957 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 6958 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 6959 Eric Prestemon of American University. 6960 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 6961 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 6962 increment on the background value). 6963 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 6964 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 6965 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 6966 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 6967 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 6968 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 6969 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 6970 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 6971 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 6972 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 6973 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 6974 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 6975 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 6976 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 6977 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 6978 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 6979 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 6980 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 6981 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 6982 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 6983 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 6984 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 6985 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 6986 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 6987 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 6988 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 6989 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 6990 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 6991 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 6992 service type is "files". 6993 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 6994 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 6995 into class "c". 6996 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 6997 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 6998 contributed by SunSoft. 6999 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7000 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7001 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7002 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7003 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7004 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7005 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7006 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7007 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7008 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7009 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7010 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7011 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7012 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7013 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7014 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7015 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 7016 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 7017 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 7018 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 7019 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 7020 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 7021 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 7022 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 7023 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 7024 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 7025 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 7026 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 7027 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 7028 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 7029 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 7030 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 7031 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 7032 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 7033 flags. 7034 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 7035 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 7036 Motonori Nakamura. 7037 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 7038 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 7039 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 7040 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 7041 of MIT. 7042 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 7043 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 7044 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 7045 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 7046 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 7047 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 7048 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 7049 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 7050 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 7051 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 7052 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 7053 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 7054 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 7055 the make. 7056 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 7057 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 7058 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 7059 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 7060 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 7061 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 7062 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 7063 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 7064 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 7065 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 7066 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 7067 of Sun Microsystems. 7068 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 7069 is at least 50% faster. 7070 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 7071 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 7072 University. 7073 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 7074 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7075 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 7076 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 7077 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 7078 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 7079 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 7080 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 7081 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 7082 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 7083 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 7084 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 7085 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 7086 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 7087 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 7088 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 7089 Carnegie Mellon. 7090 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 7091 support. 7092 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 7093 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 7094 Global Information Solutions. 7095 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 7096 From Motonori Nakamura. 7097 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 7098 Motonori Nakamura. 7099 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 7100 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 7101 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 7102 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 7103 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 7104 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 7105 James of British Telecom. 7106 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 7107 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 7108 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 7109 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 7110 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 7111 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 7112 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 7113 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 7114 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 7115 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 7116 a bad guy can read your private files. 7117 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7118 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 7119 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 7120 University. This expands the disk size 7121 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 7122 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 7123 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 7124 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 7125 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 7126 Linux Makefile typo. 7127 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 7128 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 7129 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 7130 University, Chico. 7131 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 7132 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 7133 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 7134 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 7135 This requires adaptation of code that really 7136 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 7137 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 7138 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 7139 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 7140 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 7141 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 7142 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 7143 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 7144 problems. 7145 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 7146 match all the other configuration files. Fix 7147 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 7148 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 7149 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 7150 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 7151 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 7152 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 7153 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 7154 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 7155 Wemm of DIALix. 7156 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 7157 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 7158 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 7159 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 7160 of Ohio State University. 7161 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 7162 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 7163 University. 7164 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 7165 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 7166 Mainz. 7167 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 7168 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 7169 wrong statfs call). 7170 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 7171 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 7172 University. 7173 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7174 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 7175 Rochester Medical Center. 7176 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 7177 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 7178 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 7179 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 7180 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 7181 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 7182 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 7183 Division. 7184 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 7185 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 7186 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 7187 Durand of I.M.A.G. 7188 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 7189 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 7190 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 7191 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 7192 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 7193 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 7194 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7195 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 7196 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 7197 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 7198 of Meteo France. 7199 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 7200 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 7201 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 7202 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 7203 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 7204 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 7205 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 7206 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 7207 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 7208 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 7209 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 7210 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 7211 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 7212 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 7213 of Colorado. 7214 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 7215 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 7216 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 7217 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 7218 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 7219 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 7220 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 7221 on the file, but it should be quite small. 7222 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 7223 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 7224 giving the local administrator more control over what 7225 programs can be run from sendmail. 7226 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 7227 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 7228 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 7229 never will. 7230 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 7231 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 7232 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 7233 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 7234 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 7235 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 7236 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 7237 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7238 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 7239 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 7240 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 7241 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 7242 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 7243 arbitrary directory -- use either: 7244 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7245 or 7246 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7247 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 7248 can use: 7249 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 7250 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 7251 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 7252 compatibility. 7253 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 7254 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 7255 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 7256 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7257 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 7258 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 7259 County. 7260 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 7261 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 7262 just unqualified ones. 7263 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 7264 was never used and didn't work anyway. 7265 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 7266 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 7267 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 7268 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 7269 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 7270 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 7271 centralized hub. 7272 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 7273 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 7274 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 7275 this is expected to be another sendmail. 7276 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 7277 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 7278 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 7279 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 7280 Rosenthal of Unicom. 7281 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 7282 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 7283 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 7284 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 7285 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 7286 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 7287 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 7288 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 7289 but it is a no-op. 7290 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 7291 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 7292 as User Unknown. 7293 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 7294 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 7295 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 7296 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 7297 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 7298 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 7299 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 7300 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 7301 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 7302 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 7303 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7304 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 7305 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 7306 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7307 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 7308 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 7309 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 7310 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 7311 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 7312 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 7313 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 7314 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 7315 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 7316 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 7317 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 7318 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 7319 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 7320 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 7321 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 7322 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 7323 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 7324 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 7325 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 7326 assumed. 7327 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 7328 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 7329 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 7330 Information Systems Agency. 7331 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 7332 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 7333 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 7334 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 7335 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 7336 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 7337 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 7338 that really can be used in the real world. 7339 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 7340 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 7341 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 7342 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 7343 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 7344 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 7345 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 7346 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 7347 by Scott Hutton. 7348 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 7349 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 7350 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 7351 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 7352 people. 7353 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 7354 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 7355 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 7356 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 7357 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 7358 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 7359 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 7360 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 7361 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 7362 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 7363 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 7364 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 7365 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 7366 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 7367 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 7368 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 7369 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 7370 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 7371 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 7372 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 7373 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 7374 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 7375 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 7376 by Kimmo Suominen. 7377 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 7378 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 7379 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 7380 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 7381 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7382 NEW FILES: 7383 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 7384 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 7385 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 7386 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 7387 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 7388 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 7389 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 7390 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 7391 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 7392 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 7393 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 7394 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 7395 cf/domain/generic.m4 7396 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 7397 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 7398 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 7399 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 7400 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 7401 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 7402 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 7403 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 7404 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 7405 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 7406 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 7407 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 7408 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 7409 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 7410 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 7411 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 7412 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 7413 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 7414 contrib/bsdi.mc 7415 contrib/mailprio 7416 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 7417 mail.local/mail.local.0 7418 makemap/makemap.0 7419 smrsh/README 7420 smrsh/smrsh.0 7421 smrsh/smrsh.8 7422 smrsh/smrsh.c 7423 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 7424 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 7425 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 7426 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 7427 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 7428 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 7429 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 7430 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 7431 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 7432 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 7433 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 7434 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 7435 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 7436 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 7437 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 7438 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 7439 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 7440 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 7441 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 7442 src/aliases.0 7443 src/mailq.0 7444 src/mime.c 7445 src/newaliases.0 7446 src/sendmail.0 7447 test/t_seteuid.c 7448 RENAMED FILES: 7449 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 7450 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 7451 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 7452 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 7453 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 7454 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 7455 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 7456 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 7457 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 7458 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7459 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7460 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7461 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 7462 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 7463 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 7464 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 7465 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 7466 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 7467 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 7468 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 7469 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 7470 OBSOLETED FILES: 7471 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 7472 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 7473 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 7474 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 7475 cf/cf/knecht.mc 7476 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 7477 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 7478 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 7479 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7480 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7481 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 7482 contrib/rcpt-streaming 7483 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7484 74858.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 7486 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7487 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7488 any user (except root). 7489 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7490 version number is unchanged. 7491 74928.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 7493 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 7494 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 7495 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 7496 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 7497 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 7498 each other!). 7499 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 7500 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 7501 than fork(). 7502 75038.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 7504 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 7505 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 7506 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 7507 message when attempted from IDENT. 7508 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 7509 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 7510 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 7511 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 7512 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 7513 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 7514 partial lines. 7515 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 7516 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 7517 Rob McMahon. 7518 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 7519 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 7520 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 7521 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 7522 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 7523 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 7524 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 7525 Novell Labs Europe. 7526 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 7527 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 7528 Cal State Chico. 7529 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 7530 *Hobbit*. 7531 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 7532 and Liudvikas Bukys. 7533 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 7534 from Spider Boardman. 7535 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7536 with the binaries). 7537 75388.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 7539 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 7540 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 7541 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 7542 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 7543 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 7544 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 7545 implications. 7546 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 7547 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 7548 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 7549 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 7550 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 7551 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 7552 University of Texas. 7553 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 7554 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 7555 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 7556 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 7557 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 7558 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 7559 Data General. 7560 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 7561 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 7562 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 7563 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 7564 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 7565 with a lot of arguments). 7566 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 7567 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 7568 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 7569 Michigan. 7570 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 7571 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 7572 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 7573 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 7574 Thibault. 7575 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 7576 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 7577 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 7578 some of the map code. 7579 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7580 with the binaries). 7581 75828.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 7583 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 7584 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 7585 may have some security implications. 7586 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 7587 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 7588 Hill of the University of Iowa. 7589 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 7590 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 7591 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 7592 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 7593 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 7594 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 7595 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 7596 option. 7597 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 7598 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 7599 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 7600 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 7601 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 7602 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 7603 Rochester. 7604 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 7605 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 7606 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 7607 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 7608 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 7609 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 7610 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 7611 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 7612 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 7613 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 7614 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 7615 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 7616 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 7617 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 7618 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 7619 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 7620 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 7621 messages. 7622 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 7623 message to explain how much space was available and 7624 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 7625 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 7626 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 7627 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 7628 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 7629 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 7630 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 7631 moves things more towards what will probably become a 7632 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 7633 Kapor Enterprises. 7634 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 7635 without recompiling. 7636 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 7637 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 7638 purely cosmetic. 7639 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 7640 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 7641 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 7642 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 7643 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 7644 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 7645 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 7646 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 7647 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 7648 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 7649 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 7650 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 7651 Wolfhugel. 7652 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 7653 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 7654 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 7655 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 7656 refused" response, and that the connection can be 7657 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 7658 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 7659 size around and can never start listening to connections 7660 again. The down side is that someone could start up 7661 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 7662 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 7663 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 7664 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 7665 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 7666 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 7667 implications. 7668 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 7669 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 7670 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 7671 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 7672 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 7673 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 7674 doc directory. This includes some additional 7675 information. 7676 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 7677 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 7678 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 7679 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 7680 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 7681 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 7682 loop the mail, which was bad news. 7683 Portability fixes: 7684 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 7685 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7686 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 7687 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 7688 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7689 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 7690 Newcastle upon Tyne. 7691 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 7692 Corporation. 7693 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 7694 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 7695 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7696 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 7697 New Files: 7698 src/Makefile.CLIX 7699 src/Makefile.NCR3000 7700 doc/changes/Makefile 7701 doc/changes/changes.me 7702 doc/changes/changes.ps 7703 77048.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 7705 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 7706 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 7707 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 7708 77098.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 7710 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 7711 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 7712 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 7713 list. 7714 77158.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 7716 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 7717 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 7718 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 7719 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 7720 valid shell. 7721 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 7722 in the connection cache for a long time under some 7723 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 7724 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 7725 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 7726 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 7727 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 7728 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 7729 from a local user to another local user. From 7730 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7731 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 7732 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 7733 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7734 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 7735 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 7736 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 7737 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 7738 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 7739 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 7740 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 7741 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 7742 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 7743 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 7744 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 7745 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 7746 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 7747 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 7748 BSD-like system. 7749 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 7750 protocol entirely. 7751 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 7752 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 7753 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 7754 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 7755 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 7756 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 7757 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 7758 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 7759 files. 7760 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 7761 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 7762 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 7763 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 7764 of CMU. 7765 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 7766 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 7767 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 7768 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 7769 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 7770 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 7771 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 7772 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 7773 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 7774 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 7775 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 7776 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 7777 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 7778 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 7779 security implications. Suggested by several people. 7780 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 7781 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 7782 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 7783 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 7784 Motonori Nakamura. 7785 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 7786 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 7787 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 7788 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 7789 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 7790 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 7791 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7792 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 7793 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 7794 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 7795 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 7796 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 7797 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 7798 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 7799 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 7800 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 7801 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 7802 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 7803 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 7804 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 7805 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7806 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 7807 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 7808 didn't see the class items being added. 7809 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 7810 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 7811 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 7812 Rutgers. 7813 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 7814 but sets h_errno to a success value. 7815 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 7816 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 7817 address specified in the P option). This fix should 7818 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 7819 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 7820 the problem myself. 7821 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 7822 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 7823 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 7824 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 7825 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 7826 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 7827 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 7828 UUNET. 7829 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 7830 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 7831 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 7832 John Oleynick. 7833 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 7834 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 7835 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 7836 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 7837 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 7838 Nakamura. 7839 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 7840 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 7841 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 7842 University of Washington. 7843 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 7844 don't have an ``=value'' part. 7845 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 7846 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 7847 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 7848 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 7849 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 7850 of Cambridge University. 7851 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 7852 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 7853 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 7854 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 7855 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 7856 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 7857 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 7858 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 7859 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 7860 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 7861 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 7862 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 7863 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 7864 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 7865 a chance. 7866 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 7867 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 7868 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 7869 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 7870 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 7871 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 7872 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 7873 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 7874 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 7875 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 7876 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 7877 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 7878 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 7879 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 7880 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 7881 size for various mailers. 7882 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 7883 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 7884 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 7885 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 7886 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 7887 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 7888 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 7889 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 7890 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 7891 system. 7892 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 7893 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 7894 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 7895 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 7896 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 7897 Michel of Thomson CSF. 7898 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 7899 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 7900 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 7901 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 7902 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 7903 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 7904 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 7905 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 7906 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 7907 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 7908 University of Sydney. 7909 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 7910 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 7911 This is because of the known bug where definition of 7912 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 7913 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 7914 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 7915 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 7916 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 7917 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 7918 Suominen. 7919 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 7920 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 7921 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 7922 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 7923 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 7924 Suominen. 7925 Portability fixes: 7926 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 7927 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7928 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 7929 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 7930 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 7931 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7932 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 7933 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 7934 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 7935 NEW FILES: 7936 src/Makefile.DomainOS 7937 src/Makefile.PTX 7938 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 7939 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 7940 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7941 src/mailq.1 7942 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 7943 doc/op/Makefile 7944 doc/intro/Makefile 7945 doc/usenix/Makefile 7946 79478.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 7948 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 7949 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 7950 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 7951 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 7952 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 7953 permissions they should not have had (usually group 7954 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 7955 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 7956 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 7957 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 7958 Although this does not respond to a specific known 7959 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 7960 Christian Wettergren. 7961 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 7962 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 7963 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 7964 program by putting that in their .forward file. 7965 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 7966 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 7967 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 7968 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 7969 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 7970 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 7971 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 7972 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 7973 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 7974 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 7975 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 7976 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 7977 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 7978 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 7979 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 7980 connection to create problems on the current job. 7981 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 7982 the wrong place. 7983 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 7984 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 7985 problem that ignored the load average in locally 7986 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 7987 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 7988 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 7989 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 7990 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 7991 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 7992 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 7993 when sending error messages. This resulted in 7994 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 7995 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 7996 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 7997 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 7998 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 7999 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8000 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8001 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8002 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8003 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8004 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8005 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8006 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8007 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8008 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8009 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8010 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8011 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8012 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8013 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8014 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8015 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 8016 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 8017 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 8018 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 8019 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 8020 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 8021 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 8022 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 8023 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 8024 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 8025 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 8026 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 8027 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 8028 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 8029 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 8030 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 8031 dot convention. 8032 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 8033 of from a clean exit. 8034 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 8035 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 8036 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 8037 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 8038 as the subject of an error message, even though the 8039 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 8040 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 8041 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 8042 Jones of UUNET. 8043 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 8044 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 8045 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 8046 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 8047 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 8048 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 8049 says that they should be ignored. 8050 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 8051 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 8052 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 8053 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 8054 is not reentrant. 8055 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 8056 documented in the Bat Book. 8057 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 8058 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 8059 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 8060 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 8061 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 8062 code during some parts of connection initialization. 8063 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 8064 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 8065 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 8066 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 8067 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8068 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 8069 of Kyoto University. 8070 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 8071 From P{r Emanuelsson. 8072 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 8073 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 8074 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 8075 Bryan Costales. 8076 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 8077 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 8078 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 8079 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 8080 Nakamura. 8081 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 8082 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 8083 illegal addresses appearing there). 8084 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 8085 BB&N. 8086 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 8087 included. 8088 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 8089 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 8090 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 8091 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 8092 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 8093 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 8094 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 8095 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 8096 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 8097 by the other end closing the connection. From 8098 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 8099 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 8100 to include a host name or other useful information. 8101 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 8102 DeMarco. 8103 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 8104 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 8105 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 8106 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 8107 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 8108 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 8109 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 8110 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 8111 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 8112 this properly). 8113 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 8114 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 8115 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 8116 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 8117 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 8118 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 8119 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 8120 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 8121 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 8122 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 8123 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 8124 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 8125 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 8126 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 8127 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 8128 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 8129 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 8130 of the Institute for Global Communications. 8131 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 8132 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 8133 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 8134 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 8135 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 8136 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 8137 Portability fixes for: 8138 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 8139 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 8140 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 8141 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 8142 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 8143 of Stoner Associates. 8144 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 8145 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 8146 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 8147 of Maryland. 8148 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 8149 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8150 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 8151 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 8152 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 8153 RISC/os. 8154 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 8155 at Chico. 8156 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 8157 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 8158 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 8159 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 8160 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 8161 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 8162 since this is intended only for internal use, the 8163 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 8164 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 8165 addresses when relaying internally. 8166 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 8167 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 8168 provided by Peter Wemm. 8169 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 8170 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 8171 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 8172 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 8173 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 8174 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 8175 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 8176 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 8177 names. 8178 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 8179 rather than letting them get "local configuration 8180 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 8181 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 8182 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 8183 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 8184 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 8185 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 8186 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 8187 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 8188 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 8189 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 8190 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 8191 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 8192 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 8193 of Georgia Tech. 8194 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 8195 Jim Murray of Stratus. 8196 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 8197 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 8198 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 8199 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 8200 the local name prepended. 8201 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 8202 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 8203 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 8204 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 8205 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 8206 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 8207 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 8208 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 8209 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 8210 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 8211 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 8212 :include: files and accounts that have shells 8213 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 8214 cause some .forward files that have worked 8215 before to start failing. 8216 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 8217 NEW FILES: 8218 src/Makefile.DGUX 8219 src/Makefile.Dynix 8220 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 8221 src/Makefile.Mach386 8222 src/Makefile.NetBSD 8223 src/Makefile.RISCos 8224 src/Makefile.SCO 8225 src/Makefile.SVR4 8226 src/Makefile.Titan 8227 cf/mailer/pop.m4 8228 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 8229 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 8230 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 8231 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 8232 makemap/Makefile.dist 8233 praliases/Makefile.dist 8234 82358.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 8236 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 8237 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 8238 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 8239 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 8240 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 8241 class of attack. 8242 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 8243 in a few critical places. 8244 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 8245 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 8246 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 8247 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 8248 and High-Energy Physics. 8249 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 8250 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 8251 Eric Wassenaar. 8252 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 8253 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 8254 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 8255 Wassenaar. 8256 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 8257 really become relevant in the next release, but some 8258 people need it for local patches. From Michael 8259 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8260 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 8261 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 8262 these can have different values depending on which 8263 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 8264 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 8265 what uid/gid processes ran as. 8266 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 8267 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 8268 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 8269 postmaster" case. 8270 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 8271 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 8272 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 8273 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 8274 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 8275 Christopher Davis. 8276 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 8277 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 8278 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 8279 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8280 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 8281 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 8282 82838.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 8284 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 8285 addresses that get return-receipts. 8286 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 8287 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 8288 and end up sending the message several times. 8289 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 8290 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 8291 four hours". 8292 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 8293 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 8294 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 8295 Cornell University Medical College. 8296 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 8297 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 8298 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 8299 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 8300 Wassenaar. 8301 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 8302 connections fail during message collection. From 8303 Eric Wassenaar. 8304 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 8305 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 8306 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 8307 Stratus. 8308 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 8309 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 8310 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8311 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 8312 by non-root users were not put into 8313 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 8314 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 8315 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 8316 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 8317 could get confused as to whether a database was 8318 open or not. 8319 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 8320 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 8321 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 8322 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 8323 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 8324 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 8325 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 8326 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 8327 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 8328 83298.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 8330 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 8331 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 8332 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 8333 propagated to the queue file. 8334 83358.6/8.6 1993/10/05 8336 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 8337 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 8338 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 8339 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 8340 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 8341 header files but don't have the syscall. 8342 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 8343 if trymx == FALSE. 8344 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 8345 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 8346 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 8347 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8348 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 8349 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8350 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 8351 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 8352 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 8353 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 8354 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 8355 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 8356 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 8357 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 8358 Kanbe. 8359 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 8360 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 8361 Wisner of The Well. 8362 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 8363 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 8364 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 8365 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 8366 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 8367 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 8368 files that you should be able to read but have previously 8369 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 8370 read permission. 8371 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 8372 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 8373 MX suppression will still work. 8374 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 8375 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 8376 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 8377 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8378 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 8379 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 8380 Nakamura. 8381 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 8382 "CX $Z" works. 8383 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 8384 trying to send the original message if the connection 8385 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 8386 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 8387 by John Myers of CMU. 8388 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 8389 term bug. 8390 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 8391 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 8392 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 8393 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 8394 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 8395 queue interval. This is an important fix. 8396 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 8397 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 8398 ruleset testing a bit easier. 8399 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 8400 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 8401 level. 8402 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 8403 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 8404 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 8405 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 8406 address. 8407 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 8408 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 8409 Harvey Mudd College. 8410 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 8411 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 8412 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 8413 their full name information. 8414 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 8415 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 8416 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 8417 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 8418 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 8419 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 8420 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 8421 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 8422 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8423 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 8424 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 8425 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 8426 PC TCP/IP implementations. 8427 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 8428 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 8429 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 8430 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 8431 names. 8432 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 8433 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 8434 helpful. 8435 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 8436 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 8437 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 8438 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8439 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 8440 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 8441 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 8442 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 8443 that claims to be itself works properly. 8444 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 8445 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 8446 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 8447 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 8448 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 8449 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 8450 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8451 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 8452 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 8453 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 8454 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 8455 scratch. 8456 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 8457 true address to still send to the original address 8458 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 8459 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 8460 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 8461 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 8462 more trouble than it was worth. 8463 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 8464 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 8465 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 8466 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 8467 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 8468 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 8469 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 8470 the queue. 8471 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 8472 messages don't come out with stale information. 8473 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 8474 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 8475 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 8476 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 8477 Myers of CMU. 8478 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 8479 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 8480 Corrigan. 8481 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 8482 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 8483 sender address. 8484 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 8485 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 8486 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 8487 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 8488 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 8489 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 8490 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 8491 that does bulk data transfer). 8492 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 8493 Amir Plivatsky. 8494 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 8495 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 8496 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 8497 bogus config files that were not caught. 8498 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 8499 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 8500 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 8501 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 8502 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 8503 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 8504 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 8505 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 8506 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 8507 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 8508 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 8509 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 8510 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 8511 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 8512 opened or if running with no database format defined. 8513 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 8514 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8515 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 8516 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 8517 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 8518 Melbourne. 8519 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 8520 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 8521 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 8522 to match regular entries. 8523 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 8524 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 8525 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 8526 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 8527 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 8528 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 8529 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8530 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 8531 error message so that the "subject" line of return 8532 messages is the best possible. 8533 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 8534 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 8535 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 8536 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 8537 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 8538 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 8539 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8540 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 8541 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 8542 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 8543 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 8544 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 8545 on the address. 8546 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 8547 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 8548 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 8549 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 8550 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8551 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 8552 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 8553 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 8554 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 8555 addresses in any detail. 8556 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 8557 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 8558 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 8559 with an address such as "!foo". 8560 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 8561 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 8562 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 8563 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 8564 Bret Marquis. 8565 85668.5/8.5 1993/07/23 8567 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 8568 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 8569 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 8570 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8571 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 8572 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 8573 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 8574 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 8575 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 8576 Nakamura. 8577 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 8578 are no DNS records matching the name. 8579 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 8580 original message was received ... from localhost". 8581 The correct original host information is now included. 8582 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 8583 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 8584 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 8585 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 8586 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 8587 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 8588 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 8589 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 8590 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 8591 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 8592 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 8593 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 8594 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 8595 85968.4/8.4 1993/07/22 8597 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 8598 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 8599 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 8600 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 8601 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 8602 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 8603 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 8604 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 8605 are really configuration errors. This option is 8606 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 8607 UIUC sendmail. 8608 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 8609 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 8610 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 8611 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 8612 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 8613 by Neil Rickert. 8614 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 8615 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 8616 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 8617 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 8618 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 8619 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 8620 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 8621 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 8622 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 8623 of dickering with error handling (see below). 8624 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 8625 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 8626 humans. 8627 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 8628 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 8629 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 8630 repaired). 8631 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 8632 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 8633 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 8634 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 8635 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 8636 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 8637 connection rather than sending QUIT. 8638 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 8639 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 8640 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 8641 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 8642 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8643 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 8644 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 8645 core dumps on some machines. 8646 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 8647 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 8648 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 8649 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 8650 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 8651 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 8652 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 8653 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 8654 some true error conditions. 8655 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 8656 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 8657 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 8658 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 8659 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 8660 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 8661 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 8662 by Motonori Nakamura. 8663 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 8664 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 8665 caused error messages to be handled differently during 8666 a queue run than a direct run. 8667 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 8668 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 8669 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 8670 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 8671 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 8672 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 8673 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 8674 restart it. 8675 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 8676 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 8677 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 8678 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 8679 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 8680 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 8681 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 8682 is appropriately functional. 8683 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 8684 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 8685 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 8686 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 8687 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 8688 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 8689 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 8690 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 8691 Technologies. 8692 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 8693 process group id. The original fix was to get around 8694 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 8695 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 8696 different from the process id. I could try to fix 8697 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 8698 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 8699 things. 8700 Portability changes: 8701 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 8702 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 8703 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 8704 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 8705 of Colorado. 8706 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 8707 help other strict ANSI compilers. 8708 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 8709 Corporation. 8710 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 8711 documentation apparently doesn't define 8712 __STDC__ by default). 8713 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 8714 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 8715 Motonori Nakamura. 8716 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 8717 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 8718 several people have made a good argument that this 8719 creates more problems than it solves (although this 8720 may prove painful in the short run). 8721 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 8722 format. 8723 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 8724 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 8725 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 8726 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 8727 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 8728 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 8729 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 8730 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 8731 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 8732 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 8733 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 8734 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 8735 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 8736 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 8737 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 8738 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8739 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 8740 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 8741 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 8742 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 8743 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 8744 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 8745 environments. Ugly as sin. 8746 87478.3/8.3 1993/07/13 8748 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 8749 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 8750 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 8751 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 8752 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 8753 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 8754 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 8755 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 8756 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 8757 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 8758 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 8759 "user friendly". 8760 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 8761 16 bytes/sec. 8762 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 8763 compatibility library. This also adds a new 8764 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 8765 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 8766 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 8767 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 8768 for quick test cases. 8769 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 8770 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 8771 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 8772 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 8773 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 8774 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 8775 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 8776 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 8777 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 8778 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 8779 From Michael Corrigan. 8780 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 8781 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 8782 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8783 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 8784 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 8785 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 8786 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 8787 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 8788 Christophe Wolfhugel. 8789 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 8790 87918.2/8.2 1993/07/11 8792 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 8793 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 8794 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 8795 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 8796 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 8797 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 8798 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 8799 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 8800 from Bill Wisner. 8801 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 8802 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 8803 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 8804 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 8805 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 8806 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 8807 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 8808 match the other flags in that file. 8809 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 8810 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 8811 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 8812 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 8813 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 8814 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 8815 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 8816 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 8817 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 8818 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 8819 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 8820 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 8821 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 8822 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8823 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 8824 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 8825 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 8826 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 8827 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 8828 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 8829 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 8830 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 8831 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 8832 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 8833 the root and directories leading up to your home); 8834 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 8835 be owned by you. 8836 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 8837 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 8838 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 8839 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 8840 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 8841 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 8842 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 8843 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 8844 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 8845 is separate; this is just intended to work around 8846 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 8847 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 8848 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 8849 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 8850 matching without a null it never tries again with a 8851 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 8852 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 8853 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 8854 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 8855 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 8856 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 8857 it adapts. 8858 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 8859 will insert the appropriate full name information; 8860 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 8861 way. 8862 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 8863 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 8864 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 8865 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 8866 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 8867 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 8868 only happen when there has been another error in the 8869 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 8870 by default in conf.h. 8871 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 8872 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 8873 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 8874 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 8875 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 8876 This output is not intended to be particularly human 8877 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 8878 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 8879 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 8880 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 8881 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 8882 See cf/README for an example. 8883 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 8884 sites that don't use the -d flag. 8885 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 8886 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 8887 has been requested by several people, but can break 8888 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 8889 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 8890 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 8891 broken. Use it sparingly. 8892 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 8893 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 8894 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 8895 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 8896 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 8897 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 8898 Bill Wisner of The Well. 8899 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 8900 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 8901 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 8902 89038.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 8904 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 8905 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 8906 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 8907 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 8908 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 8909 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 8910 89118.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 8912 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 8913 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 8914 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 8915 89168.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 8917 Another mailertable fix.... 8918 89198.1/8.1 1993/06/07 8920 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 8921